1 /* Xtensa-specific support for 32-bit ELF.
2 Copyright (C) 2003-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
7 modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
8 published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the
9 License, or (at your option) any later version.
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
12 WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
14 General Public License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
30 #include "elf/xtensa.h"
31 #include "splay-tree.h"
32 #include "xtensa-isa.h"
33 #include "xtensa-config.h"
35 #define XTENSA_NO_NOP_REMOVAL 0
37 /* Local helper functions. */
39 static bfd_boolean
add_extra_plt_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*, int);
40 static char *vsprint_msg (const char *, const char *, int, ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(2,4);
41 static bfd_reloc_status_type bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
42 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
43 static bfd_boolean do_fix_for_relocatable_link
44 (Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*);
45 static void do_fix_for_final_link
46 (Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, bfd_vma
*);
48 /* Local functions to handle Xtensa configurability. */
50 static bfd_boolean
is_indirect_call_opcode (xtensa_opcode
);
51 static bfd_boolean
is_direct_call_opcode (xtensa_opcode
);
52 static bfd_boolean
is_windowed_call_opcode (xtensa_opcode
);
53 static xtensa_opcode
get_const16_opcode (void);
54 static xtensa_opcode
get_l32r_opcode (void);
55 static bfd_vma
l32r_offset (bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
56 static int get_relocation_opnd (xtensa_opcode
, int);
57 static int get_relocation_slot (int);
58 static xtensa_opcode get_relocation_opcode
59 (bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
60 static bfd_boolean is_l32r_relocation
61 (bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
62 static bfd_boolean
is_alt_relocation (int);
63 static bfd_boolean
is_operand_relocation (int);
64 static bfd_size_type insn_decode_len
65 (bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
, bfd_size_type
);
66 static xtensa_opcode insn_decode_opcode
67 (bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
, bfd_size_type
, int);
68 static bfd_boolean check_branch_target_aligned
69 (bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
, bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
70 static bfd_boolean check_loop_aligned
71 (bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
, bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
72 static bfd_boolean
check_branch_target_aligned_address (bfd_vma
, int);
73 static bfd_size_type get_asm_simplify_size
74 (bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
, bfd_size_type
);
76 /* Functions for link-time code simplifications. */
78 static bfd_reloc_status_type elf_xtensa_do_asm_simplify
79 (bfd_byte
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
, char **);
80 static bfd_reloc_status_type contract_asm_expansion
81 (bfd_byte
*, bfd_vma
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*, char **);
82 static xtensa_opcode
swap_callx_for_call_opcode (xtensa_opcode
);
83 static xtensa_opcode
get_expanded_call_opcode (bfd_byte
*, int, bfd_boolean
*);
85 /* Access to internal relocations, section contents and symbols. */
87 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*retrieve_internal_relocs
88 (bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_boolean
);
89 static void pin_internal_relocs (asection
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
90 static void release_internal_relocs (asection
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
91 static bfd_byte
*retrieve_contents (bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_boolean
);
92 static void pin_contents (asection
*, bfd_byte
*);
93 static void release_contents (asection
*, bfd_byte
*);
94 static Elf_Internal_Sym
*retrieve_local_syms (bfd
*);
96 /* Miscellaneous utility functions. */
98 static asection
*elf_xtensa_get_plt_section (struct bfd_link_info
*, int);
99 static asection
*elf_xtensa_get_gotplt_section (struct bfd_link_info
*, int);
100 static asection
*get_elf_r_symndx_section (bfd
*, unsigned long);
101 static struct elf_link_hash_entry
*get_elf_r_symndx_hash_entry
102 (bfd
*, unsigned long);
103 static bfd_vma
get_elf_r_symndx_offset (bfd
*, unsigned long);
104 static bfd_boolean
is_reloc_sym_weak (bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
105 static bfd_boolean
pcrel_reloc_fits (xtensa_opcode
, int, bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
106 static bfd_boolean
xtensa_is_property_section (asection
*);
107 static bfd_boolean
xtensa_is_insntable_section (asection
*);
108 static bfd_boolean
xtensa_is_littable_section (asection
*);
109 static bfd_boolean
xtensa_is_proptable_section (asection
*);
110 static int internal_reloc_compare (const void *, const void *);
111 static int internal_reloc_matches (const void *, const void *);
112 static asection
*xtensa_get_property_section (asection
*, const char *);
113 extern asection
*xtensa_make_property_section (asection
*, const char *);
114 static flagword
xtensa_get_property_predef_flags (asection
*);
116 /* Other functions called directly by the linker. */
118 typedef void (*deps_callback_t
)
119 (asection
*, bfd_vma
, asection
*, bfd_vma
, void *);
120 extern bfd_boolean xtensa_callback_required_dependence
121 (bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, deps_callback_t
, void *);
124 /* Globally visible flag for choosing size optimization of NOP removal
125 instead of branch-target-aware minimization for NOP removal.
126 When nonzero, narrow all instructions and remove all NOPs possible
127 around longcall expansions. */
129 int elf32xtensa_size_opt
;
132 /* The "new_section_hook" is used to set up a per-section
133 "xtensa_relax_info" data structure with additional information used
134 during relaxation. */
136 typedef struct xtensa_relax_info_struct xtensa_relax_info
;
139 /* The GNU tools do not easily allow extending interfaces to pass around
140 the pointer to the Xtensa ISA information, so instead we add a global
141 variable here (in BFD) that can be used by any of the tools that need
144 xtensa_isa xtensa_default_isa
;
147 /* When this is true, relocations may have been modified to refer to
148 symbols from other input files. The per-section list of "fix"
149 records needs to be checked when resolving relocations. */
151 static bfd_boolean relaxing_section
= FALSE
;
153 /* When this is true, during final links, literals that cannot be
154 coalesced and their relocations may be moved to other sections. */
156 int elf32xtensa_no_literal_movement
= 1;
158 /* Rename one of the generic section flags to better document how it
160 /* Whether relocations have been processed. */
161 #define reloc_done sec_flg0
163 static reloc_howto_type elf_howto_table
[] =
165 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_NONE
, 0, 3, 0, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
166 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_NONE",
168 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_32
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield
,
169 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_32",
170 TRUE
, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
172 /* Replace a 32-bit value with a value from the runtime linker (only
173 used by linker-generated stub functions). The r_addend value is
174 special: 1 means to substitute a pointer to the runtime linker's
175 dynamic resolver function; 2 means to substitute the link map for
176 the shared object. */
177 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_RTLD
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
178 NULL
, "R_XTENSA_RTLD", FALSE
, 0, 0, FALSE
),
180 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_GLOB_DAT
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield
,
181 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_GLOB_DAT",
182 FALSE
, 0, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
183 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_JMP_SLOT
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield
,
184 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_JMP_SLOT",
185 FALSE
, 0, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
186 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_RELATIVE
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield
,
187 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_RELATIVE",
188 FALSE
, 0, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
189 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_PLT
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield
,
190 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_PLT",
191 FALSE
, 0, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
195 /* Old relocations for backward compatibility. */
196 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_OP0
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
197 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_OP0", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
198 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_OP1
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
199 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_OP1", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
200 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_OP2
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
201 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_OP2", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
203 /* Assembly auto-expansion. */
204 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
205 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
206 /* Relax assembly auto-expansion. */
207 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
208 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
212 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_32_PCREL
, 0, 2, 32, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield
,
213 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_32_PCREL",
214 FALSE
, 0, 0xffffffff, TRUE
),
216 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
217 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 2, 0, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
218 NULL
, "R_XTENSA_GNU_VTINHERIT",
220 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
221 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 2, 0, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
222 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
, "R_XTENSA_GNU_VTENTRY",
225 /* Relocations for supporting difference of symbols. */
226 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_DIFF8
, 0, 0, 8, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_signed
,
227 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_DIFF8", FALSE
, 0, 0xff, FALSE
),
228 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_DIFF16
, 0, 1, 16, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_signed
,
229 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_DIFF16", FALSE
, 0, 0xffff, FALSE
),
230 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_DIFF32
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_signed
,
231 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_DIFF32", FALSE
, 0, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
233 /* General immediate operand relocations. */
234 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
235 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
236 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT1_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
237 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT1_OP", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
238 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT2_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
239 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT2_OP", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
240 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT3_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
241 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT3_OP", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
242 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT4_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
243 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT4_OP", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
244 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT5_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
245 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT5_OP", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
246 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT6_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
247 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT6_OP", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
248 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT7_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
249 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT7_OP", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
250 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT8_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
251 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT8_OP", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
252 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT9_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
253 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT9_OP", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
254 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT10_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
255 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT10_OP", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
256 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT11_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
257 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT11_OP", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
258 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT12_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
259 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT12_OP", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
260 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT13_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
261 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT13_OP", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
262 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT14_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
263 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT14_OP", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
265 /* "Alternate" relocations. The meaning of these is opcode-specific. */
266 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
267 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
268 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT1_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
269 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT1_ALT", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
270 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT2_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
271 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT2_ALT", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
272 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT3_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
273 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT3_ALT", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
274 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT4_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
275 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT4_ALT", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
276 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT5_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
277 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT5_ALT", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
278 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT6_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
279 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT6_ALT", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
280 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT7_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
281 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT7_ALT", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
282 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT8_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
283 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT8_ALT", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
284 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT9_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
285 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT9_ALT", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
286 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT10_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
287 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT10_ALT", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
288 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT11_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
289 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT11_ALT", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
290 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT12_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
291 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT12_ALT", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
292 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT13_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
293 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT13_ALT", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
294 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT14_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
295 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT14_ALT", FALSE
, 0, 0, TRUE
),
297 /* TLS relocations. */
298 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_TLSDESC_FN
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
299 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_TLSDESC_FN",
300 FALSE
, 0, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
301 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_TLSDESC_ARG
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
302 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_TLSDESC_ARG",
303 FALSE
, 0, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
304 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_TLS_DTPOFF
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
305 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_TLS_DTPOFF",
306 FALSE
, 0, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
307 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_TLS_TPOFF
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
308 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_TLS_TPOFF",
309 FALSE
, 0, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
310 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_TLS_FUNC
, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
311 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_TLS_FUNC",
313 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_TLS_ARG
, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
314 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_TLS_ARG",
316 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_TLS_CALL
, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
317 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_TLS_CALL",
323 fprintf (stderr, "Xtensa bfd reloc lookup %d (%s)\n", code, str)
328 static reloc_howto_type
*
329 elf_xtensa_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
330 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
335 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_NONE");
336 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_NONE
];
339 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_32");
340 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_32
];
342 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
:
343 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL");
344 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_32_PCREL
];
346 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF8
:
347 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF8");
348 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_DIFF8
];
350 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF16
:
351 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF16");
352 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_DIFF16
];
354 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF32
:
355 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF32");
356 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_DIFF32
];
358 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_RTLD
:
359 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_RTLD");
360 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_RTLD
];
362 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_GLOB_DAT
:
363 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_GLOB_DAT");
364 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_GLOB_DAT
];
366 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_JMP_SLOT
:
367 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_JMP_SLOT");
368 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_JMP_SLOT
];
370 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_RELATIVE
:
371 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_RELATIVE");
372 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_RELATIVE
];
374 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_PLT
:
375 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_PLT");
376 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_PLT
];
378 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_OP0
:
379 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_OP0");
380 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_OP0
];
382 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_OP1
:
383 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_OP1");
384 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_OP1
];
386 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_OP2
:
387 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_OP2");
388 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_OP2
];
390 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND
:
391 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND");
392 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND
];
394 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
:
395 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY");
396 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
];
398 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
:
399 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT");
400 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_GNU_VTINHERIT
];
402 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
:
403 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY");
404 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_GNU_VTENTRY
];
406 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_TLSDESC_FN
:
407 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_TLSDESC_FN");
408 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_TLSDESC_FN
];
410 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_TLSDESC_ARG
:
411 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_TLSDESC_ARG");
412 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_TLSDESC_ARG
];
414 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_TLS_DTPOFF
:
415 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_TLS_DTPOFF");
416 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_TLS_DTPOFF
];
418 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_TLS_TPOFF
:
419 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_TLS_TPOFF");
420 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_TLS_TPOFF
];
422 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_TLS_FUNC
:
423 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_TLS_FUNC");
424 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_TLS_FUNC
];
426 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_TLS_ARG
:
427 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_TLS_ARG");
428 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_TLS_ARG
];
430 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_TLS_CALL
:
431 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_TLS_CALL");
432 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_TLS_CALL
];
435 if (code
>= BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
436 && code
<= BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT14_OP
)
438 unsigned n
= (R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
+
439 (code
- BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
));
440 return &elf_howto_table
[n
];
443 if (code
>= BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
444 && code
<= BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT14_ALT
)
446 unsigned n
= (R_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
+
447 (code
- BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
));
448 return &elf_howto_table
[n
];
458 static reloc_howto_type
*
459 elf_xtensa_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
464 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (elf_howto_table
) / sizeof (elf_howto_table
[0]); i
++)
465 if (elf_howto_table
[i
].name
!= NULL
466 && strcasecmp (elf_howto_table
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
467 return &elf_howto_table
[i
];
473 /* Given an ELF "rela" relocation, find the corresponding howto and record
474 it in the BFD internal arelent representation of the relocation. */
477 elf_xtensa_info_to_howto_rela (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
479 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
481 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
483 if (r_type
>= (unsigned int) R_XTENSA_max
)
485 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: invalid XTENSA reloc number: %d"), abfd
, r_type
);
488 cache_ptr
->howto
= &elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
492 /* Functions for the Xtensa ELF linker. */
494 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
497 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/lib/ld.so"
499 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.
500 (This does _not_ include the space for the literals associated with
503 #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 16
505 /* For _really_ large PLTs, we may need to alternate between literals
506 and code to keep the literals within the 256K range of the L32R
507 instructions in the code. It's unlikely that anyone would ever need
508 such a big PLT, but an arbitrary limit on the PLT size would be bad.
509 Thus, we split the PLT into chunks. Since there's very little
510 overhead (2 extra literals) for each chunk, the chunk size is kept
511 small so that the code for handling multiple chunks get used and
512 tested regularly. With 254 entries, there are 1K of literals for
513 each chunk, and that seems like a nice round number. */
515 #define PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK 254
517 /* PLT entries are actually used as stub functions for lazy symbol
518 resolution. Once the symbol is resolved, the stub function is never
519 invoked. Note: the 32-byte frame size used here cannot be changed
520 without a corresponding change in the runtime linker. */
522 static const bfd_byte elf_xtensa_be_plt_entry
[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
] =
524 0x6c, 0x10, 0x04, /* entry sp, 32 */
525 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, /* l32r a8, [got entry for rtld's resolver] */
526 0x1a, 0x00, 0x00, /* l32r a10, [got entry for rtld's link map] */
527 0x1b, 0x00, 0x00, /* l32r a11, [literal for reloc index] */
528 0x0a, 0x80, 0x00, /* jx a8 */
532 static const bfd_byte elf_xtensa_le_plt_entry
[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
] =
534 0x36, 0x41, 0x00, /* entry sp, 32 */
535 0x81, 0x00, 0x00, /* l32r a8, [got entry for rtld's resolver] */
536 0xa1, 0x00, 0x00, /* l32r a10, [got entry for rtld's link map] */
537 0xb1, 0x00, 0x00, /* l32r a11, [literal for reloc index] */
538 0xa0, 0x08, 0x00, /* jx a8 */
542 /* The size of the thread control block. */
545 struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_entry
547 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
549 bfd_signed_vma tlsfunc_refcount
;
551 #define GOT_UNKNOWN 0
553 #define GOT_TLS_GD 2 /* global or local dynamic */
554 #define GOT_TLS_IE 4 /* initial or local exec */
555 #define GOT_TLS_ANY (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_IE)
556 unsigned char tls_type
;
559 #define elf_xtensa_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
561 struct elf_xtensa_obj_tdata
563 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
565 /* tls_type for each local got entry. */
566 char *local_got_tls_type
;
568 bfd_signed_vma
*local_tlsfunc_refcounts
;
571 #define elf_xtensa_tdata(abfd) \
572 ((struct elf_xtensa_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
574 #define elf_xtensa_local_got_tls_type(abfd) \
575 (elf_xtensa_tdata (abfd)->local_got_tls_type)
577 #define elf_xtensa_local_tlsfunc_refcounts(abfd) \
578 (elf_xtensa_tdata (abfd)->local_tlsfunc_refcounts)
580 #define is_xtensa_elf(bfd) \
581 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
582 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
583 && elf_object_id (bfd) == XTENSA_ELF_DATA)
586 elf_xtensa_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
588 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_xtensa_obj_tdata
),
592 /* Xtensa ELF linker hash table. */
594 struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_table
596 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
598 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
605 asection
*spltlittbl
;
607 /* Total count of PLT relocations seen during check_relocs.
608 The actual PLT code must be split into multiple sections and all
609 the sections have to be created before size_dynamic_sections,
610 where we figure out the exact number of PLT entries that will be
611 needed. It is OK if this count is an overestimate, e.g., some
612 relocations may be removed by GC. */
615 struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_entry
*tlsbase
;
618 /* Get the Xtensa ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
620 #define elf_xtensa_hash_table(p) \
621 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
622 == XTENSA_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
624 /* Create an entry in an Xtensa ELF linker hash table. */
626 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
627 elf_xtensa_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
628 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
631 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
635 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
636 sizeof (struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_entry
));
641 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
642 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
645 struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_entry
*eh
= elf_xtensa_hash_entry (entry
);
646 eh
->tlsfunc_refcount
= 0;
647 eh
->tls_type
= GOT_UNKNOWN
;
653 /* Create an Xtensa ELF linker hash table. */
655 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
656 elf_xtensa_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
658 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tlsbase
;
659 struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_table
*ret
;
660 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_table
);
662 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
666 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->elf
, abfd
,
667 elf_xtensa_link_hash_newfunc
,
668 sizeof (struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_entry
),
675 /* Create a hash entry for "_TLS_MODULE_BASE_" to speed up checking
677 tlsbase
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&ret
->elf
, "_TLS_MODULE_BASE_",
679 tlsbase
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
680 tlsbase
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
681 tlsbase
->non_elf
= 0;
682 ret
->tlsbase
= elf_xtensa_hash_entry (tlsbase
);
683 ret
->tlsbase
->tls_type
= GOT_UNKNOWN
;
685 return &ret
->elf
.root
;
688 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
691 elf_xtensa_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
692 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
693 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
695 struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
697 edir
= elf_xtensa_hash_entry (dir
);
698 eind
= elf_xtensa_hash_entry (ind
);
700 if (ind
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
702 edir
->tlsfunc_refcount
+= eind
->tlsfunc_refcount
;
703 eind
->tlsfunc_refcount
= 0;
705 if (dir
->got
.refcount
<= 0)
707 edir
->tls_type
= eind
->tls_type
;
708 eind
->tls_type
= GOT_UNKNOWN
;
712 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
715 static inline bfd_boolean
716 elf_xtensa_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
717 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
719 /* Check if we should do dynamic things to this symbol. The
720 "ignore_protected" argument need not be set, because Xtensa code
721 does not require special handling of STV_PROTECTED to make function
722 pointer comparisons work properly. The PLT addresses are never
723 used for function pointers. */
725 return _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (h
, info
, 0);
730 property_table_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
732 const property_table_entry
*a
= (const property_table_entry
*) ap
;
733 const property_table_entry
*b
= (const property_table_entry
*) bp
;
735 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
737 if (a
->size
!= b
->size
)
738 return (a
->size
- b
->size
);
740 if ((a
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
) != (b
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
))
741 return ((b
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
)
742 - (a
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
));
744 if ((a
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
)
745 && (GET_XTENSA_PROP_ALIGNMENT (a
->flags
)
746 != GET_XTENSA_PROP_ALIGNMENT (b
->flags
)))
747 return (GET_XTENSA_PROP_ALIGNMENT (a
->flags
)
748 - GET_XTENSA_PROP_ALIGNMENT (b
->flags
));
750 if ((a
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
)
751 != (b
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
))
752 return ((b
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
)
753 - (a
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
));
755 return (a
->flags
- b
->flags
);
758 return (a
->address
- b
->address
);
763 property_table_matches (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
765 const property_table_entry
*a
= (const property_table_entry
*) ap
;
766 const property_table_entry
*b
= (const property_table_entry
*) bp
;
768 /* Check if one entry overlaps with the other. */
769 if ((b
->address
>= a
->address
&& b
->address
< (a
->address
+ a
->size
))
770 || (a
->address
>= b
->address
&& a
->address
< (b
->address
+ b
->size
)))
773 return (a
->address
- b
->address
);
777 /* Get the literal table or property table entries for the given
778 section. Sets TABLE_P and returns the number of entries. On
779 error, returns a negative value. */
782 xtensa_read_table_entries (bfd
*abfd
,
784 property_table_entry
**table_p
,
785 const char *sec_name
,
786 bfd_boolean output_addr
)
788 asection
*table_section
;
789 bfd_size_type table_size
= 0;
790 bfd_byte
*table_data
;
791 property_table_entry
*blocks
;
792 int blk
, block_count
;
793 bfd_size_type num_records
;
794 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
, *irel
, *rel_end
;
795 bfd_vma section_addr
, off
;
796 flagword predef_flags
;
797 bfd_size_type table_entry_size
, section_limit
;
800 || !(section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
801 || (section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
807 table_section
= xtensa_get_property_section (section
, sec_name
);
809 table_size
= table_section
->size
;
817 predef_flags
= xtensa_get_property_predef_flags (table_section
);
818 table_entry_size
= 12;
820 table_entry_size
-= 4;
822 num_records
= table_size
/ table_entry_size
;
823 table_data
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, table_section
, TRUE
);
824 blocks
= (property_table_entry
*)
825 bfd_malloc (num_records
* sizeof (property_table_entry
));
829 section_addr
= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
831 section_addr
= section
->vma
;
833 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, table_section
, TRUE
);
834 if (internal_relocs
&& !table_section
->reloc_done
)
836 qsort (internal_relocs
, table_section
->reloc_count
,
837 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
), internal_reloc_compare
);
838 irel
= internal_relocs
;
843 section_limit
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, section
);
844 rel_end
= internal_relocs
+ table_section
->reloc_count
;
846 for (off
= 0; off
< table_size
; off
+= table_entry_size
)
848 bfd_vma address
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, table_data
+ off
);
850 /* Skip any relocations before the current offset. This should help
851 avoid confusion caused by unexpected relocations for the preceding
854 (irel
->r_offset
< off
855 || (irel
->r_offset
== off
856 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_XTENSA_NONE
)))
863 if (irel
&& irel
->r_offset
== off
)
866 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
867 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_XTENSA_32
);
869 if (get_elf_r_symndx_section (abfd
, r_symndx
) != section
)
872 sym_off
= get_elf_r_symndx_offset (abfd
, r_symndx
);
873 BFD_ASSERT (sym_off
== 0);
874 address
+= (section_addr
+ sym_off
+ irel
->r_addend
);
878 if (address
< section_addr
879 || address
>= section_addr
+ section_limit
)
883 blocks
[block_count
].address
= address
;
884 blocks
[block_count
].size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, table_data
+ off
+ 4);
886 blocks
[block_count
].flags
= predef_flags
;
888 blocks
[block_count
].flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, table_data
+ off
+ 8);
892 release_contents (table_section
, table_data
);
893 release_internal_relocs (table_section
, internal_relocs
);
897 /* Now sort them into address order for easy reference. */
898 qsort (blocks
, block_count
, sizeof (property_table_entry
),
899 property_table_compare
);
901 /* Check that the table contents are valid. Problems may occur,
902 for example, if an unrelocated object file is stripped. */
903 for (blk
= 1; blk
< block_count
; blk
++)
905 /* The only circumstance where two entries may legitimately
906 have the same address is when one of them is a zero-size
907 placeholder to mark a place where fill can be inserted.
908 The zero-size entry should come first. */
909 if (blocks
[blk
- 1].address
== blocks
[blk
].address
&&
910 blocks
[blk
- 1].size
!= 0)
912 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B(%A): invalid property table"),
914 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
926 static property_table_entry
*
927 elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (property_table_entry
*property_table
,
928 int property_table_size
,
931 property_table_entry entry
;
932 property_table_entry
*rv
;
934 if (property_table_size
== 0)
937 entry
.address
= addr
;
941 rv
= bsearch (&entry
, property_table
, property_table_size
,
942 sizeof (property_table_entry
), property_table_matches
);
948 elf_xtensa_in_literal_pool (property_table_entry
*lit_table
,
952 if (elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (lit_table
, lit_table_size
, addr
))
959 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
960 calculate needed space in the dynamic reloc sections. */
963 elf_xtensa_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
964 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
966 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
968 struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_table
*htab
;
969 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
970 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
971 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
972 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
974 if (info
->relocatable
|| (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
977 BFD_ASSERT (is_xtensa_elf (abfd
));
979 htab
= elf_xtensa_hash_table (info
);
983 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
984 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
986 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
987 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
990 unsigned long r_symndx
;
991 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
992 struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
993 int tls_type
, old_tls_type
;
994 bfd_boolean is_got
= FALSE
;
995 bfd_boolean is_plt
= FALSE
;
996 bfd_boolean is_tlsfunc
= FALSE
;
998 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
999 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
1001 if (r_symndx
>= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
1003 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: bad symbol index: %d"),
1008 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
1010 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
1011 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1012 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1013 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1015 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the same
1017 h
->root
.non_ir_ref
= 1;
1019 eh
= elf_xtensa_hash_entry (h
);
1023 case R_XTENSA_TLSDESC_FN
:
1026 tls_type
= GOT_TLS_GD
;
1031 tls_type
= GOT_TLS_IE
;
1034 case R_XTENSA_TLSDESC_ARG
:
1037 tls_type
= GOT_TLS_GD
;
1042 tls_type
= GOT_TLS_IE
;
1043 if (h
&& elf_xtensa_hash_entry (h
) != htab
->tlsbase
)
1048 case R_XTENSA_TLS_DTPOFF
:
1050 tls_type
= GOT_TLS_GD
;
1052 tls_type
= GOT_TLS_IE
;
1055 case R_XTENSA_TLS_TPOFF
:
1056 tls_type
= GOT_TLS_IE
;
1058 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
1059 if (info
->shared
|| h
)
1064 tls_type
= GOT_NORMAL
;
1069 tls_type
= GOT_NORMAL
;
1073 case R_XTENSA_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
1074 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
1075 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
1076 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
1080 case R_XTENSA_GNU_VTENTRY
:
1081 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
1082 used. Record for later use during GC. */
1083 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
1085 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
1090 /* Nothing to do for any other relocations. */
1098 if (h
->plt
.refcount
<= 0)
1101 h
->plt
.refcount
= 1;
1104 h
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
1106 /* Keep track of the total PLT relocation count even if we
1107 don't yet know whether the dynamic sections will be
1109 htab
->plt_reloc_count
+= 1;
1111 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
1113 if (! add_extra_plt_sections (info
, htab
->plt_reloc_count
))
1119 if (h
->got
.refcount
<= 0)
1120 h
->got
.refcount
= 1;
1122 h
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
1126 eh
->tlsfunc_refcount
+= 1;
1128 old_tls_type
= eh
->tls_type
;
1132 /* Allocate storage the first time. */
1133 if (elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) == NULL
)
1135 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
1138 mem
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
* sizeof (bfd_signed_vma
));
1141 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) = (bfd_signed_vma
*) mem
;
1143 mem
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
1146 elf_xtensa_local_got_tls_type (abfd
) = (char *) mem
;
1148 mem
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
* sizeof (bfd_signed_vma
));
1151 elf_xtensa_local_tlsfunc_refcounts (abfd
)
1152 = (bfd_signed_vma
*) mem
;
1155 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
1156 if (is_got
|| is_plt
)
1157 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) [r_symndx
] += 1;
1160 elf_xtensa_local_tlsfunc_refcounts (abfd
) [r_symndx
] += 1;
1162 old_tls_type
= elf_xtensa_local_got_tls_type (abfd
) [r_symndx
];
1165 if ((old_tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
) && (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
))
1166 tls_type
|= old_tls_type
;
1167 /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
1168 there is no point to use a dynamic model for it. */
1169 else if (old_tls_type
!= tls_type
&& old_tls_type
!= GOT_UNKNOWN
1170 && ((old_tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
) == 0
1171 || (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
) == 0))
1173 if ((old_tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
) && (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
))
1174 tls_type
= old_tls_type
;
1175 else if ((old_tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
) && (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
))
1176 tls_type
|= old_tls_type
;
1179 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1180 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
1182 h
? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<local>");
1187 if (old_tls_type
!= tls_type
)
1190 eh
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
1192 elf_xtensa_local_got_tls_type (abfd
) [r_symndx
] = tls_type
;
1201 elf_xtensa_make_sym_local (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1202 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1206 if (h
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
1208 /* For shared objects, there's no need for PLT entries for local
1209 symbols (use RELATIVE relocs instead of JMP_SLOT relocs). */
1210 if (h
->got
.refcount
< 0)
1211 h
->got
.refcount
= 0;
1212 h
->got
.refcount
+= h
->plt
.refcount
;
1213 h
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
1218 /* Don't need any dynamic relocations at all. */
1219 h
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
1220 h
->got
.refcount
= 0;
1226 elf_xtensa_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1227 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1228 bfd_boolean force_local
)
1230 /* For a shared link, move the plt refcount to the got refcount to leave
1231 space for RELATIVE relocs. */
1232 elf_xtensa_make_sym_local (info
, h
);
1234 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, force_local
);
1238 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
1242 elf_xtensa_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
1243 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1244 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
1245 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1246 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
1248 /* Property sections are marked "KEEP" in the linker scripts, but they
1249 should not cause other sections to be marked. (This approach relies
1250 on elf_xtensa_discard_info to remove property table entries that
1251 describe discarded sections. Alternatively, it might be more
1252 efficient to avoid using "KEEP" in the linker scripts and instead use
1253 the gc_mark_extra_sections hook to mark only the property sections
1254 that describe marked sections. That alternative does not work well
1255 with the current property table sections, which do not correspond
1256 one-to-one with the sections they describe, but that should be fixed
1258 if (xtensa_is_property_section (sec
))
1262 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
1264 case R_XTENSA_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
1265 case R_XTENSA_GNU_VTENTRY
:
1269 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
1273 /* Update the GOT & PLT entry reference counts
1274 for the section being removed. */
1277 elf_xtensa_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
1278 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1280 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
1282 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
1283 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
1284 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
1285 struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1287 htab
= elf_xtensa_hash_table (info
);
1291 if (info
->relocatable
)
1294 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1297 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1298 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
1300 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
1301 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
1303 unsigned long r_symndx
;
1304 unsigned int r_type
;
1305 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
1306 struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
1307 bfd_boolean is_got
= FALSE
;
1308 bfd_boolean is_plt
= FALSE
;
1309 bfd_boolean is_tlsfunc
= FALSE
;
1311 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
1312 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
1314 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
1315 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1316 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1317 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1319 eh
= elf_xtensa_hash_entry (h
);
1321 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
1324 case R_XTENSA_TLSDESC_FN
:
1332 case R_XTENSA_TLSDESC_ARG
:
1337 if (h
&& elf_xtensa_hash_entry (h
) != htab
->tlsbase
)
1342 case R_XTENSA_TLS_TPOFF
:
1343 if (info
->shared
|| h
)
1363 if (h
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
1368 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
1373 if (eh
->tlsfunc_refcount
> 0)
1374 eh
->tlsfunc_refcount
--;
1379 if (is_got
|| is_plt
)
1381 bfd_signed_vma
*got_refcount
1382 = &elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) [r_symndx
];
1383 if (*got_refcount
> 0)
1388 bfd_signed_vma
*tlsfunc_refcount
1389 = &elf_xtensa_local_tlsfunc_refcounts (abfd
) [r_symndx
];
1390 if (*tlsfunc_refcount
> 0)
1391 *tlsfunc_refcount
-= 1;
1400 /* Create all the dynamic sections. */
1403 elf_xtensa_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*dynobj
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1405 struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1406 flagword flags
, noalloc_flags
;
1408 htab
= elf_xtensa_hash_table (info
);
1412 /* First do all the standard stuff. */
1413 if (! _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj
, info
))
1415 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".plt");
1416 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".rela.plt");
1417 htab
->sgot
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".got");
1418 htab
->sgotplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".got.plt");
1419 htab
->srelgot
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".rela.got");
1421 /* Create any extra PLT sections in case check_relocs has already
1422 been called on all the non-dynamic input files. */
1423 if (! add_extra_plt_sections (info
, htab
->plt_reloc_count
))
1426 noalloc_flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
1427 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
1428 flags
= noalloc_flags
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
1430 /* Mark the ".got.plt" section READONLY. */
1431 if (htab
->sgotplt
== NULL
1432 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj
, htab
->sgotplt
, flags
))
1435 /* Create ".got.loc" (literal tables for use by dynamic linker). */
1436 htab
->sgotloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".got.loc",
1438 if (htab
->sgotloc
== NULL
1439 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sgotloc
, 2))
1442 /* Create ".xt.lit.plt" (literal table for ".got.plt*"). */
1443 htab
->spltlittbl
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".xt.lit.plt",
1445 if (htab
->spltlittbl
== NULL
1446 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->spltlittbl
, 2))
1454 add_extra_plt_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int count
)
1456 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
1459 /* Iterate over all chunks except 0 which uses the standard ".plt" and
1460 ".got.plt" sections. */
1461 for (chunk
= count
/ PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
; chunk
> 0; chunk
--)
1467 /* Stop when we find a section has already been created. */
1468 if (elf_xtensa_get_plt_section (info
, chunk
))
1471 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
1472 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
1474 sname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (10);
1475 sprintf (sname
, ".plt.%u", chunk
);
1476 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, sname
, flags
| SEC_CODE
);
1478 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, s
, 2))
1481 sname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (14);
1482 sprintf (sname
, ".got.plt.%u", chunk
);
1483 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, sname
, flags
);
1485 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, s
, 2))
1493 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
1494 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
1495 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
1496 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
1500 elf_xtensa_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1501 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1503 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
1504 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
1505 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
1508 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1509 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1510 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
1511 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
1515 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object. The
1516 reference must go through the GOT, so there's no need for COPY relocs,
1524 elf_xtensa_allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
1526 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1527 struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1528 struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_entry
*eh
= elf_xtensa_hash_entry (h
);
1530 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1533 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) arg
;
1534 htab
= elf_xtensa_hash_table (info
);
1538 /* If we saw any use of an IE model for this symbol, we can then optimize
1539 away GOT entries for any TLSDESC_FN relocs. */
1540 if ((eh
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
) != 0)
1542 BFD_ASSERT (h
->got
.refcount
>= eh
->tlsfunc_refcount
);
1543 h
->got
.refcount
-= eh
->tlsfunc_refcount
;
1546 if (! elf_xtensa_dynamic_symbol_p (h
, info
))
1547 elf_xtensa_make_sym_local (info
, h
);
1549 if (h
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
1550 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= (h
->plt
.refcount
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
1552 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
1553 htab
->srelgot
->size
+= (h
->got
.refcount
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
1560 elf_xtensa_allocate_local_got_size (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1562 struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1565 htab
= elf_xtensa_hash_table (info
);
1569 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
1571 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
1572 bfd_size_type j
, cnt
;
1573 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
1575 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
1576 if (!local_got_refcounts
)
1579 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
1580 cnt
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
1582 for (j
= 0; j
< cnt
; ++j
)
1584 /* If we saw any use of an IE model for this symbol, we can
1585 then optimize away GOT entries for any TLSDESC_FN relocs. */
1586 if ((elf_xtensa_local_got_tls_type (i
) [j
] & GOT_TLS_IE
) != 0)
1588 bfd_signed_vma
*tlsfunc_refcount
1589 = &elf_xtensa_local_tlsfunc_refcounts (i
) [j
];
1590 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_refcounts
[j
] >= *tlsfunc_refcount
);
1591 local_got_refcounts
[j
] -= *tlsfunc_refcount
;
1594 if (local_got_refcounts
[j
] > 0)
1595 htab
->srelgot
->size
+= (local_got_refcounts
[j
]
1596 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
1602 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
1605 elf_xtensa_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1606 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1608 struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1610 asection
*s
, *srelplt
, *splt
, *sgotplt
, *srelgot
, *spltlittbl
, *sgotloc
;
1611 bfd_boolean relplt
, relgot
;
1612 int plt_entries
, plt_chunks
, chunk
;
1617 htab
= elf_xtensa_hash_table (info
);
1621 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
1624 srelgot
= htab
->srelgot
;
1625 srelplt
= htab
->srelplt
;
1627 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
1629 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->srelgot
!= NULL
1630 && htab
->srelplt
!= NULL
1631 && htab
->sgot
!= NULL
1632 && htab
->spltlittbl
!= NULL
1633 && htab
->sgotloc
!= NULL
);
1635 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
1636 if (info
->executable
)
1638 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
1641 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
1642 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
1645 /* Allocate room for one word in ".got". */
1646 htab
->sgot
->size
= 4;
1648 /* Allocate space in ".rela.got" for literals that reference global
1649 symbols and space in ".rela.plt" for literals that have PLT
1651 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
1652 elf_xtensa_allocate_dynrelocs
,
1655 /* If we are generating a shared object, we also need space in
1656 ".rela.got" for R_XTENSA_RELATIVE relocs for literals that
1657 reference local symbols. */
1659 elf_xtensa_allocate_local_got_size (info
);
1661 /* Allocate space in ".plt" to match the size of ".rela.plt". For
1662 each PLT entry, we need the PLT code plus a 4-byte literal.
1663 For each chunk of ".plt", we also need two more 4-byte
1664 literals, two corresponding entries in ".rela.got", and an
1665 8-byte entry in ".xt.lit.plt". */
1666 spltlittbl
= htab
->spltlittbl
;
1667 plt_entries
= srelplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
1669 (plt_entries
+ PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
- 1) / PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
;
1671 /* Iterate over all the PLT chunks, including any extra sections
1672 created earlier because the initial count of PLT relocations
1673 was an overestimate. */
1675 (splt
= elf_xtensa_get_plt_section (info
, chunk
)) != NULL
;
1680 sgotplt
= elf_xtensa_get_gotplt_section (info
, chunk
);
1681 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt
!= NULL
);
1683 if (chunk
< plt_chunks
- 1)
1684 chunk_entries
= PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
;
1685 else if (chunk
== plt_chunks
- 1)
1686 chunk_entries
= plt_entries
- (chunk
* PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
);
1690 if (chunk_entries
!= 0)
1692 sgotplt
->size
= 4 * (chunk_entries
+ 2);
1693 splt
->size
= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
* chunk_entries
;
1694 srelgot
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
1695 spltlittbl
->size
+= 8;
1704 /* Allocate space in ".got.loc" to match the total size of all the
1706 sgotloc
= htab
->sgotloc
;
1707 sgotloc
->size
= spltlittbl
->size
;
1708 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
1710 if (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
)
1712 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1714 if (! discarded_section (s
)
1715 && xtensa_is_littable_section (s
)
1717 sgotloc
->size
+= s
->size
;
1722 /* Allocate memory for dynamic sections. */
1725 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1729 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
1732 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
1733 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
1734 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
1736 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rela"))
1740 if (strcmp (name
, ".rela.plt") == 0)
1742 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rela.got") == 0)
1745 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
1746 to copy relocs into the output file. */
1750 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".plt.")
1751 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".got.plt.")
1752 && strcmp (name
, ".got") != 0
1753 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") != 0
1754 && strcmp (name
, ".got.plt") != 0
1755 && strcmp (name
, ".xt.lit.plt") != 0
1756 && strcmp (name
, ".got.loc") != 0)
1758 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
1764 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the output
1765 file. We must create the ".plt*" and ".got.plt*"
1766 sections in create_dynamic_sections and/or check_relocs
1767 based on a conservative estimate of the PLT relocation
1768 count, because the sections must be created before the
1769 linker maps input sections to output sections. The
1770 linker does that before size_dynamic_sections, where we
1771 compute the exact size of the PLT, so there may be more
1772 of these sections than are actually needed. */
1773 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1775 else if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) != 0)
1777 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
1778 s
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
1779 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
1784 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
1786 /* Add the special XTENSA_RTLD relocations now. The offsets won't be
1787 known until finish_dynamic_sections, but we need to get the relocs
1788 in place before they are sorted. */
1789 for (chunk
= 0; chunk
< plt_chunks
; chunk
++)
1791 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
;
1795 irela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_XTENSA_RTLD
);
1798 loc
= (srelgot
->contents
1799 + srelgot
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
1800 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &irela
, loc
);
1801 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &irela
,
1802 loc
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
1803 srelgot
->reloc_count
+= 2;
1806 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
1807 values later, in elf_xtensa_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
1808 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
1809 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
1810 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
1811 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
1812 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
1814 if (info
->executable
)
1816 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
1822 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
1823 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
1824 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0))
1830 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
1831 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
1832 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)))
1836 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
1837 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_XTENSA_GOT_LOC_OFF
, 0)
1838 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_XTENSA_GOT_LOC_SZ
, 0))
1841 #undef add_dynamic_entry
1847 elf_xtensa_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
1848 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1850 struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1853 htab
= elf_xtensa_hash_table (info
);
1857 tls_sec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
1859 if (tls_sec
&& (htab
->tlsbase
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_ANY
) != 0)
1861 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tlsbase
= &htab
->tlsbase
->elf
;
1862 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= &tlsbase
->root
;
1863 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
1865 tlsbase
->type
= STT_TLS
;
1866 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1867 (info
, output_bfd
, "_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", BSF_LOCAL
,
1868 tls_sec
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
1869 bed
->collect
, &bh
)))
1871 tlsbase
->def_regular
= 1;
1872 tlsbase
->other
= STV_HIDDEN
;
1873 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, tlsbase
, TRUE
);
1880 /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
1881 when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
1882 This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */
1885 dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1887 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1888 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1890 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
1893 /* Return the relocation value for @tpoff relocation
1894 if STT_TLS virtual address is ADDRESS. */
1897 tpoff (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_vma address
)
1899 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
1902 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1903 if (htab
->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1905 base
= align_power ((bfd_vma
) TCB_SIZE
, htab
->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
1906 return address
- htab
->tls_sec
->vma
+ base
;
1909 /* Perform the specified relocation. The instruction at (contents + address)
1910 is modified to set one operand to represent the value in "relocation". The
1911 operand position is determined by the relocation type recorded in the
1914 #define CALL_SEGMENT_BITS (30)
1915 #define CALL_SEGMENT_SIZE (1 << CALL_SEGMENT_BITS)
1917 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1918 elf_xtensa_do_reloc (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
1920 asection
*input_section
,
1924 bfd_boolean is_weak_undef
,
1925 char **error_message
)
1928 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
1929 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
1930 static xtensa_insnbuf ibuff
= NULL
;
1931 static xtensa_insnbuf sbuff
= NULL
;
1932 bfd_vma self_address
;
1933 bfd_size_type input_size
;
1939 ibuff
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
1940 sbuff
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
1943 input_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
);
1945 /* Calculate the PC address for this instruction. */
1946 self_address
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
1947 + input_section
->output_offset
1950 switch (howto
->type
)
1953 case R_XTENSA_DIFF8
:
1954 case R_XTENSA_DIFF16
:
1955 case R_XTENSA_DIFF32
:
1956 case R_XTENSA_TLS_FUNC
:
1957 case R_XTENSA_TLS_ARG
:
1958 case R_XTENSA_TLS_CALL
:
1959 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1961 case R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND
:
1964 /* Check for windowed CALL across a 1GB boundary. */
1965 opcode
= get_expanded_call_opcode (contents
+ address
,
1966 input_size
- address
, 0);
1967 if (is_windowed_call_opcode (opcode
))
1969 if ((self_address
>> CALL_SEGMENT_BITS
)
1970 != (relocation
>> CALL_SEGMENT_BITS
))
1972 *error_message
= "windowed longcall crosses 1GB boundary; "
1974 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1978 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1980 case R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
:
1982 /* Convert the L32R/CALLX to CALL. */
1983 bfd_reloc_status_type retval
=
1984 elf_xtensa_do_asm_simplify (contents
, address
, input_size
,
1986 if (retval
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1987 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1989 /* The CALL needs to be relocated. Continue below for that part. */
1992 howto
= &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
];
1999 x
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ address
);
2001 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, x
, contents
+ address
);
2003 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2005 case R_XTENSA_32_PCREL
:
2006 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, relocation
- self_address
, contents
+ address
);
2007 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2010 case R_XTENSA_TLSDESC_FN
:
2011 case R_XTENSA_TLSDESC_ARG
:
2012 case R_XTENSA_TLS_DTPOFF
:
2013 case R_XTENSA_TLS_TPOFF
:
2014 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, relocation
, contents
+ address
);
2015 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2018 /* Only instruction slot-specific relocations handled below.... */
2019 slot
= get_relocation_slot (howto
->type
);
2020 if (slot
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
2022 *error_message
= "unexpected relocation";
2023 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
2026 /* Read the instruction into a buffer and decode the opcode. */
2027 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, ibuff
, contents
+ address
,
2028 input_size
- address
);
2029 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, ibuff
);
2030 if (fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
2032 *error_message
= "cannot decode instruction format";
2033 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
2036 xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, slot
, ibuff
, sbuff
);
2038 opcode
= xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, slot
, sbuff
);
2039 if (opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
2041 *error_message
= "cannot decode instruction opcode";
2042 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
2045 /* Check for opcode-specific "alternate" relocations. */
2046 if (is_alt_relocation (howto
->type
))
2048 if (opcode
== get_l32r_opcode ())
2050 /* Handle the special-case of non-PC-relative L32R instructions. */
2051 bfd
*output_bfd
= input_section
->output_section
->owner
;
2052 asection
*lit4_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".lit4");
2055 *error_message
= "relocation references missing .lit4 section";
2056 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
2058 self_address
= ((lit4_sec
->vma
& ~0xfff)
2059 + 0x40000 - 3); /* -3 to compensate for do_reloc */
2060 newval
= relocation
;
2063 else if (opcode
== get_const16_opcode ())
2065 /* ALT used for high 16 bits. */
2066 newval
= relocation
>> 16;
2071 /* No other "alternate" relocations currently defined. */
2072 *error_message
= "unexpected relocation";
2073 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
2076 else /* Not an "alternate" relocation.... */
2078 if (opcode
== get_const16_opcode ())
2080 newval
= relocation
& 0xffff;
2085 /* ...normal PC-relative relocation.... */
2087 /* Determine which operand is being relocated. */
2088 opnd
= get_relocation_opnd (opcode
, howto
->type
);
2089 if (opnd
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
2091 *error_message
= "unexpected relocation";
2092 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
2095 if (!howto
->pc_relative
)
2097 *error_message
= "expected PC-relative relocation";
2098 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
2101 newval
= relocation
;
2105 /* Apply the relocation. */
2106 if (xtensa_operand_do_reloc (isa
, opcode
, opnd
, &newval
, self_address
)
2107 || xtensa_operand_encode (isa
, opcode
, opnd
, &newval
)
2108 || xtensa_operand_set_field (isa
, opcode
, opnd
, fmt
, slot
,
2111 const char *opname
= xtensa_opcode_name (isa
, opcode
);
2114 msg
= "cannot encode";
2115 if (is_direct_call_opcode (opcode
))
2117 if ((relocation
& 0x3) != 0)
2118 msg
= "misaligned call target";
2120 msg
= "call target out of range";
2122 else if (opcode
== get_l32r_opcode ())
2124 if ((relocation
& 0x3) != 0)
2125 msg
= "misaligned literal target";
2126 else if (is_alt_relocation (howto
->type
))
2127 msg
= "literal target out of range (too many literals)";
2128 else if (self_address
> relocation
)
2129 msg
= "literal target out of range (try using text-section-literals)";
2131 msg
= "literal placed after use";
2134 *error_message
= vsprint_msg (opname
, ": %s", strlen (msg
) + 2, msg
);
2135 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
2138 /* Check for calls across 1GB boundaries. */
2139 if (is_direct_call_opcode (opcode
)
2140 && is_windowed_call_opcode (opcode
))
2142 if ((self_address
>> CALL_SEGMENT_BITS
)
2143 != (relocation
>> CALL_SEGMENT_BITS
))
2146 "windowed call crosses 1GB boundary; return may fail";
2147 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
2151 /* Write the modified instruction back out of the buffer. */
2152 xtensa_format_set_slot (isa
, fmt
, slot
, ibuff
, sbuff
);
2153 xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars (isa
, ibuff
, contents
+ address
,
2154 input_size
- address
);
2155 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2160 vsprint_msg (const char *origmsg
, const char *fmt
, int arglen
, ...)
2162 /* To reduce the size of the memory leak,
2163 we only use a single message buffer. */
2164 static bfd_size_type alloc_size
= 0;
2165 static char *message
= NULL
;
2166 bfd_size_type orig_len
, len
= 0;
2167 bfd_boolean is_append
;
2170 va_start (ap
, arglen
);
2172 is_append
= (origmsg
== message
);
2174 orig_len
= strlen (origmsg
);
2175 len
= orig_len
+ strlen (fmt
) + arglen
+ 20;
2176 if (len
> alloc_size
)
2178 message
= (char *) bfd_realloc_or_free (message
, len
);
2181 if (message
!= NULL
)
2184 memcpy (message
, origmsg
, orig_len
);
2185 vsprintf (message
+ orig_len
, fmt
, ap
);
2192 /* This function is registered as the "special_function" in the
2193 Xtensa howto for handling simplify operations.
2194 bfd_perform_relocation / bfd_install_relocation use it to
2195 perform (install) the specified relocation. Since this replaces the code
2196 in bfd_perform_relocation, it is basically an Xtensa-specific,
2197 stripped-down version of bfd_perform_relocation. */
2199 static bfd_reloc_status_type
2200 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
2201 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2204 asection
*input_section
,
2206 char **error_message
)
2209 bfd_reloc_status_type flag
;
2210 bfd_size_type octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
2211 bfd_vma output_base
= 0;
2212 reloc_howto_type
*howto
= reloc_entry
->howto
;
2213 asection
*reloc_target_output_section
;
2214 bfd_boolean is_weak_undef
;
2216 if (!xtensa_default_isa
)
2217 xtensa_default_isa
= xtensa_isa_init (0, 0);
2219 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
2220 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, the resulting
2221 reloc will also be against the same symbol. In such a case, we
2222 don't want to change anything about the way the reloc is handled,
2223 since it will all be done at final link time. This test is similar
2224 to what bfd_elf_generic_reloc does except that it lets relocs with
2225 howto->partial_inplace go through even if the addend is non-zero.
2226 (The real problem is that partial_inplace is set for XTENSA_32
2227 relocs to begin with, but that's a long story and there's little we
2228 can do about it now....) */
2230 if (output_bfd
&& (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2232 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2233 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2236 /* Is the address of the relocation really within the section? */
2237 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2238 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2240 /* Work out which section the relocation is targeted at and the
2241 initial relocation command value. */
2243 /* Get symbol value. (Common symbols are special.) */
2244 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2247 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2249 reloc_target_output_section
= symbol
->section
->output_section
;
2251 /* Convert input-section-relative symbol value to absolute. */
2252 if ((output_bfd
&& !howto
->partial_inplace
)
2253 || reloc_target_output_section
== NULL
)
2256 output_base
= reloc_target_output_section
->vma
;
2258 relocation
+= output_base
+ symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2260 /* Add in supplied addend. */
2261 relocation
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2263 /* Here the variable relocation holds the final address of the
2264 symbol we are relocating against, plus any addend. */
2267 if (!howto
->partial_inplace
)
2269 /* This is a partial relocation, and we want to apply the relocation
2270 to the reloc entry rather than the raw data. Everything except
2271 relocations against section symbols has already been handled
2274 BFD_ASSERT (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
);
2275 reloc_entry
->addend
= relocation
;
2276 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2277 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2281 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2282 reloc_entry
->addend
= 0;
2286 is_weak_undef
= (bfd_is_und_section (symbol
->section
)
2287 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0);
2288 flag
= elf_xtensa_do_reloc (howto
, abfd
, input_section
, relocation
,
2289 (bfd_byte
*) data
, (bfd_vma
) octets
,
2290 is_weak_undef
, error_message
);
2292 if (flag
== bfd_reloc_dangerous
)
2294 /* Add the symbol name to the error message. */
2295 if (! *error_message
)
2296 *error_message
= "";
2297 *error_message
= vsprint_msg (*error_message
, ": (%s + 0x%lx)",
2298 strlen (symbol
->name
) + 17,
2300 (unsigned long) reloc_entry
->addend
);
2307 /* Set up an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
2310 elf_xtensa_create_plt_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2312 unsigned reloc_index
)
2314 asection
*splt
, *sgotplt
;
2315 bfd_vma plt_base
, got_base
;
2316 bfd_vma code_offset
, lit_offset
;
2319 chunk
= reloc_index
/ PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
;
2320 splt
= elf_xtensa_get_plt_section (info
, chunk
);
2321 sgotplt
= elf_xtensa_get_gotplt_section (info
, chunk
);
2322 BFD_ASSERT (splt
!= NULL
&& sgotplt
!= NULL
);
2324 plt_base
= splt
->output_section
->vma
+ splt
->output_offset
;
2325 got_base
= sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
+ sgotplt
->output_offset
;
2327 lit_offset
= 8 + (reloc_index
% PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
) * 4;
2328 code_offset
= (reloc_index
% PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
) * PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
2330 /* Fill in the literal entry. This is the offset of the dynamic
2331 relocation entry. */
2332 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
),
2333 sgotplt
->contents
+ lit_offset
);
2335 /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */
2336 memcpy (splt
->contents
+ code_offset
,
2337 (bfd_big_endian (output_bfd
)
2338 ? elf_xtensa_be_plt_entry
2339 : elf_xtensa_le_plt_entry
),
2341 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, l32r_offset (got_base
+ 0,
2342 plt_base
+ code_offset
+ 3),
2343 splt
->contents
+ code_offset
+ 4);
2344 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, l32r_offset (got_base
+ 4,
2345 plt_base
+ code_offset
+ 6),
2346 splt
->contents
+ code_offset
+ 7);
2347 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, l32r_offset (got_base
+ lit_offset
,
2348 plt_base
+ code_offset
+ 9),
2349 splt
->contents
+ code_offset
+ 10);
2351 return plt_base
+ code_offset
;
2355 static bfd_boolean
get_indirect_call_dest_reg (xtensa_opcode
, unsigned *);
2358 replace_tls_insn (Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
2360 asection
*input_section
,
2362 bfd_boolean is_ld_model
,
2363 char **error_message
)
2365 static xtensa_insnbuf ibuff
= NULL
;
2366 static xtensa_insnbuf sbuff
= NULL
;
2367 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
2369 xtensa_opcode old_op
, new_op
;
2370 bfd_size_type input_size
;
2372 unsigned dest_reg
, src_reg
;
2376 ibuff
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
2377 sbuff
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
2380 input_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
);
2382 /* Read the instruction into a buffer and decode the opcode. */
2383 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, ibuff
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
,
2384 input_size
- rel
->r_offset
);
2385 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, ibuff
);
2386 if (fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
2388 *error_message
= "cannot decode instruction format";
2392 BFD_ASSERT (xtensa_format_num_slots (isa
, fmt
) == 1);
2393 xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, 0, ibuff
, sbuff
);
2395 old_op
= xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, 0, sbuff
);
2396 if (old_op
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
2398 *error_message
= "cannot decode instruction opcode";
2402 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2405 case R_XTENSA_TLS_FUNC
:
2406 case R_XTENSA_TLS_ARG
:
2407 if (old_op
!= get_l32r_opcode ()
2408 || xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, old_op
, 0, fmt
, 0,
2409 sbuff
, &dest_reg
) != 0)
2411 *error_message
= "cannot extract L32R destination for TLS access";
2416 case R_XTENSA_TLS_CALL
:
2417 if (! get_indirect_call_dest_reg (old_op
, &dest_reg
)
2418 || xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, old_op
, 0, fmt
, 0,
2419 sbuff
, &src_reg
) != 0)
2421 *error_message
= "cannot extract CALLXn operands for TLS access";
2434 case R_XTENSA_TLS_FUNC
:
2435 case R_XTENSA_TLS_ARG
:
2436 /* Change the instruction to a NOP (or "OR a1, a1, a1" for older
2437 versions of Xtensa). */
2438 new_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (isa
, "nop");
2439 if (new_op
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
2441 new_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (isa
, "or");
2442 if (new_op
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
2443 || xtensa_opcode_encode (isa
, fmt
, 0, sbuff
, new_op
) != 0
2444 || xtensa_operand_set_field (isa
, new_op
, 0, fmt
, 0,
2446 || xtensa_operand_set_field (isa
, new_op
, 1, fmt
, 0,
2448 || xtensa_operand_set_field (isa
, new_op
, 2, fmt
, 0,
2451 *error_message
= "cannot encode OR for TLS access";
2457 if (xtensa_opcode_encode (isa
, fmt
, 0, sbuff
, new_op
) != 0)
2459 *error_message
= "cannot encode NOP for TLS access";
2465 case R_XTENSA_TLS_CALL
:
2466 /* Read THREADPTR into the CALLX's return value register. */
2467 new_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (isa
, "rur.threadptr");
2468 if (new_op
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
2469 || xtensa_opcode_encode (isa
, fmt
, 0, sbuff
, new_op
) != 0
2470 || xtensa_operand_set_field (isa
, new_op
, 0, fmt
, 0,
2471 sbuff
, dest_reg
+ 2) != 0)
2473 *error_message
= "cannot encode RUR.THREADPTR for TLS access";
2483 case R_XTENSA_TLS_FUNC
:
2484 new_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (isa
, "rur.threadptr");
2485 if (new_op
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
2486 || xtensa_opcode_encode (isa
, fmt
, 0, sbuff
, new_op
) != 0
2487 || xtensa_operand_set_field (isa
, new_op
, 0, fmt
, 0,
2488 sbuff
, dest_reg
) != 0)
2490 *error_message
= "cannot encode RUR.THREADPTR for TLS access";
2495 case R_XTENSA_TLS_ARG
:
2496 /* Nothing to do. Keep the original L32R instruction. */
2499 case R_XTENSA_TLS_CALL
:
2500 /* Add the CALLX's src register (holding the THREADPTR value)
2501 to the first argument register (holding the offset) and put
2502 the result in the CALLX's return value register. */
2503 new_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (isa
, "add");
2504 if (new_op
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
2505 || xtensa_opcode_encode (isa
, fmt
, 0, sbuff
, new_op
) != 0
2506 || xtensa_operand_set_field (isa
, new_op
, 0, fmt
, 0,
2507 sbuff
, dest_reg
+ 2) != 0
2508 || xtensa_operand_set_field (isa
, new_op
, 1, fmt
, 0,
2509 sbuff
, dest_reg
+ 2) != 0
2510 || xtensa_operand_set_field (isa
, new_op
, 2, fmt
, 0,
2511 sbuff
, src_reg
) != 0)
2513 *error_message
= "cannot encode ADD for TLS access";
2520 xtensa_format_set_slot (isa
, fmt
, 0, ibuff
, sbuff
);
2521 xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars (isa
, ibuff
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
,
2522 input_size
- rel
->r_offset
);
2528 #define IS_XTENSA_TLS_RELOC(R_TYPE) \
2529 ((R_TYPE) == R_XTENSA_TLSDESC_FN \
2530 || (R_TYPE) == R_XTENSA_TLSDESC_ARG \
2531 || (R_TYPE) == R_XTENSA_TLS_DTPOFF \
2532 || (R_TYPE) == R_XTENSA_TLS_TPOFF \
2533 || (R_TYPE) == R_XTENSA_TLS_FUNC \
2534 || (R_TYPE) == R_XTENSA_TLS_ARG \
2535 || (R_TYPE) == R_XTENSA_TLS_CALL)
2537 /* Relocate an Xtensa ELF section. This is invoked by the linker for
2538 both relocatable and final links. */
2541 elf_xtensa_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2542 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2544 asection
*input_section
,
2546 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
2547 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
2548 asection
**local_sections
)
2550 struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2551 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2552 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
2553 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
2554 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
2555 property_table_entry
*lit_table
= 0;
2557 char *local_got_tls_types
;
2558 char *error_message
= NULL
;
2559 bfd_size_type input_size
;
2562 if (!xtensa_default_isa
)
2563 xtensa_default_isa
= xtensa_isa_init (0, 0);
2565 BFD_ASSERT (is_xtensa_elf (input_bfd
));
2567 htab
= elf_xtensa_hash_table (info
);
2571 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2572 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
2573 local_got_tls_types
= elf_xtensa_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd
);
2575 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
2577 ltblsize
= xtensa_read_table_entries (input_bfd
, input_section
,
2578 &lit_table
, XTENSA_LIT_SEC_NAME
,
2584 input_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd
, input_section
);
2587 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
2588 for (; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
2591 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
2592 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2593 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2594 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
2599 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
2600 bfd_boolean is_weak_undef
;
2601 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
;
2603 bfd_boolean dynamic_symbol
;
2605 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2606 if (r_type
== (int) R_XTENSA_GNU_VTINHERIT
2607 || r_type
== (int) R_XTENSA_GNU_VTENTRY
)
2610 if (r_type
< 0 || r_type
>= (int) R_XTENSA_max
)
2612 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2615 howto
= &elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
2617 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2622 is_weak_undef
= FALSE
;
2623 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
2626 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& !info
->relocatable
)
2628 /* Because R_XTENSA_32 was made partial_inplace to fix some
2629 problems with DWARF info in partial links, there may be
2630 an addend stored in the contents. Take it out of there
2631 and move it back into the addend field of the reloc. */
2632 rel
->r_addend
+= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
2633 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, 0, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
2636 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2638 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
2639 sym_type
= ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
2640 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
2641 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
2645 bfd_boolean ignored
;
2647 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
2648 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
2650 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
2653 && !unresolved_reloc
2654 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2655 is_weak_undef
= TRUE
;
2660 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
2661 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2662 rel
, 1, relend
, howto
, 0, contents
);
2664 if (info
->relocatable
)
2667 asection
* sym_sec
= get_elf_r_symndx_section (input_bfd
, r_symndx
);
2669 /* This is a relocatable link.
2670 1) If the reloc is against a section symbol, adjust
2671 according to the output section.
2672 2) If there is a new target for this relocation,
2673 the new target will be in the same output section.
2674 We adjust the relocation by the output section
2677 if (relaxing_section
)
2679 /* Check if this references a section in another input file. */
2680 if (!do_fix_for_relocatable_link (rel
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2685 dest_addr
= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
2686 + get_elf_r_symndx_offset (input_bfd
, r_symndx
) + rel
->r_addend
;
2688 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
)
2690 error_message
= NULL
;
2691 /* Convert ASM_SIMPLIFY into the simpler relocation
2692 so that they never escape a relaxing link. */
2693 r
= contract_asm_expansion (contents
, input_size
, rel
,
2695 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2697 if (!((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
2698 (info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2702 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2705 /* This is a relocatable link, so we don't have to change
2706 anything unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
2707 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
2708 section symbol winds up in the output section. */
2709 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2711 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
2712 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
2714 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
2715 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sym
->st_value
;
2719 /* If there is an addend with a partial_inplace howto,
2720 then move the addend to the contents. This is a hack
2721 to work around problems with DWARF in relocatable links
2722 with some previous version of BFD. Now we can't easily get
2723 rid of the hack without breaking backward compatibility.... */
2725 howto
= &elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
2726 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& rel
->r_addend
)
2728 r
= elf_xtensa_do_reloc (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2729 rel
->r_addend
, contents
,
2730 rel
->r_offset
, FALSE
,
2736 /* Put the correct bits in the target instruction, even
2737 though the relocation will still be present in the output
2738 file. This makes disassembly clearer, as well as
2739 allowing loadable kernel modules to work without needing
2740 relocations on anything other than calls and l32r's. */
2742 /* If it is not in the same section, there is nothing we can do. */
2743 if (r_type
>= R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
&& r_type
<= R_XTENSA_SLOT14_OP
&&
2744 sym_sec
->output_section
== input_section
->output_section
)
2746 r
= elf_xtensa_do_reloc (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2747 dest_addr
, contents
,
2748 rel
->r_offset
, FALSE
,
2752 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2754 if (!((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
2755 (info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2760 /* Done with work for relocatable link; continue with next reloc. */
2764 /* This is a final link. */
2766 if (relaxing_section
)
2768 /* Check if this references a section in another input file. */
2769 do_fix_for_final_link (rel
, input_bfd
, input_section
, contents
,
2773 /* Sanity check the address. */
2774 if (rel
->r_offset
>= input_size
2775 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
) != R_XTENSA_NONE
)
2777 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2778 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): relocation offset out of range (size=0x%x)"),
2779 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, input_size
);
2780 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2785 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
2788 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
2789 (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
, sym
->st_name
));
2790 if (name
== NULL
|| *name
== '\0')
2791 name
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
2794 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
2795 && r_type
!= R_XTENSA_NONE
2797 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2798 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2799 && IS_XTENSA_TLS_RELOC (r_type
) != (sym_type
== STT_TLS
))
2801 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2802 ((sym_type
== STT_TLS
2803 ? _("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s used with TLS symbol %s")
2804 : _("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s used with non-TLS symbol %s")),
2807 (long) rel
->r_offset
,
2812 dynamic_symbol
= elf_xtensa_dynamic_symbol_p (h
, info
);
2814 tls_type
= GOT_UNKNOWN
;
2816 tls_type
= elf_xtensa_hash_entry (h
)->tls_type
;
2817 else if (local_got_tls_types
)
2818 tls_type
= local_got_tls_types
[r_symndx
];
2824 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
2825 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2826 && (dynamic_symbol
|| info
->shared
))
2828 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
2832 if (dynamic_symbol
&& r_type
== R_XTENSA_PLT
)
2833 srel
= htab
->srelplt
;
2835 srel
= htab
->srelgot
;
2837 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
2840 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
2841 input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
2843 if ((outrel
.r_offset
| 1) == (bfd_vma
) -1)
2844 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
2847 outrel
.r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
2848 + input_section
->output_offset
);
2850 /* Complain if the relocation is in a read-only section
2851 and not in a literal pool. */
2852 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
2853 && !elf_xtensa_in_literal_pool (lit_table
, ltblsize
,
2857 _("dynamic relocation in read-only section");
2858 if (!((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
2859 (info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2866 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2869 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_32
)
2872 ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_XTENSA_GLOB_DAT
);
2875 else /* r_type == R_XTENSA_PLT */
2878 ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_XTENSA_JMP_SLOT
);
2880 /* Create the PLT entry and set the initial
2881 contents of the literal entry to the address of
2884 elf_xtensa_create_plt_entry (info
, output_bfd
,
2887 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
2891 /* Generate a RELATIVE relocation. */
2892 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_XTENSA_RELATIVE
);
2893 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
2897 loc
= (srel
->contents
2898 + srel
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
2899 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
2900 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) * srel
->reloc_count
2903 else if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND
&& dynamic_symbol
)
2905 /* This should only happen for non-PIC code, which is not
2906 supposed to be used on systems with dynamic linking.
2907 Just ignore these relocations. */
2912 case R_XTENSA_TLS_TPOFF
:
2913 /* Switch to LE model for local symbols in an executable. */
2914 if (! info
->shared
&& ! dynamic_symbol
)
2916 relocation
= tpoff (info
, relocation
);
2921 case R_XTENSA_TLSDESC_FN
:
2922 case R_XTENSA_TLSDESC_ARG
:
2924 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_TLSDESC_FN
)
2926 if (! info
->shared
|| (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
) != 0)
2927 r_type
= R_XTENSA_NONE
;
2929 else if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_TLSDESC_ARG
)
2933 if ((tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
) != 0)
2934 r_type
= R_XTENSA_TLS_TPOFF
;
2938 r_type
= R_XTENSA_TLS_TPOFF
;
2939 if (! dynamic_symbol
)
2941 relocation
= tpoff (info
, relocation
);
2947 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_NONE
)
2948 /* Nothing to do here; skip to the next reloc. */
2951 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
2954 _("TLS relocation invalid without dynamic sections");
2955 if (!((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
2956 (info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2962 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
2964 asection
*srel
= htab
->srelgot
;
2967 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
2968 + input_section
->output_offset
2971 /* Complain if the relocation is in a read-only section
2972 and not in a literal pool. */
2973 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
2974 && ! elf_xtensa_in_literal_pool (lit_table
, ltblsize
,
2978 _("dynamic relocation in read-only section");
2979 if (!((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
2980 (info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2985 indx
= h
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1 ? h
->dynindx
: 0;
2987 outrel
.r_addend
= relocation
- dtpoff_base (info
);
2989 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
2992 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
2994 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
2997 loc
= (srel
->contents
2998 + srel
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
2999 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
3000 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) * srel
->reloc_count
3006 case R_XTENSA_TLS_DTPOFF
:
3008 /* Switch from LD model to LE model. */
3009 relocation
= tpoff (info
, relocation
);
3011 relocation
-= dtpoff_base (info
);
3014 case R_XTENSA_TLS_FUNC
:
3015 case R_XTENSA_TLS_ARG
:
3016 case R_XTENSA_TLS_CALL
:
3017 /* Check if optimizing to IE or LE model. */
3018 if ((tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
) != 0)
3020 bfd_boolean is_ld_model
=
3021 (h
&& elf_xtensa_hash_entry (h
) == htab
->tlsbase
);
3022 if (! replace_tls_insn (rel
, input_bfd
, input_section
, contents
,
3023 is_ld_model
, &error_message
))
3025 if (!((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
3026 (info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
3031 if (r_type
!= R_XTENSA_TLS_ARG
|| is_ld_model
)
3033 /* Skip subsequent relocations on the same instruction. */
3034 while (rel
+ 1 < relend
&& rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
)
3041 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3042 && dynamic_symbol
&& (is_operand_relocation (r_type
)
3043 || r_type
== R_XTENSA_32_PCREL
))
3046 vsprint_msg ("invalid relocation for dynamic symbol", ": %s",
3047 strlen (name
) + 2, name
);
3048 if (!((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
3049 (info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
3057 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
3058 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
3059 not process them. */
3060 if (unresolved_reloc
3061 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
3063 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
3064 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
3066 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3067 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
3070 (long) rel
->r_offset
,
3076 /* TLS optimizations may have changed r_type; update "howto". */
3077 howto
= &elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
3079 /* There's no point in calling bfd_perform_relocation here.
3080 Just go directly to our "special function". */
3081 r
= elf_xtensa_do_reloc (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
3082 relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
,
3083 contents
, rel
->r_offset
, is_weak_undef
,
3086 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
&& !warned
)
3088 BFD_ASSERT (r
== bfd_reloc_dangerous
|| r
== bfd_reloc_other
);
3089 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
3091 if (rel
->r_addend
== 0)
3092 error_message
= vsprint_msg (error_message
, ": %s",
3093 strlen (name
) + 2, name
);
3095 error_message
= vsprint_msg (error_message
, ": (%s+0x%x)",
3097 name
, (int) rel
->r_addend
);
3099 if (!((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
3100 (info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
3109 input_section
->reloc_done
= TRUE
;
3115 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. There's not much to do here since
3116 the PLT and GOT entries are all set up by relocate_section. */
3119 elf_xtensa_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3120 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3121 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3122 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
3124 if (h
->needs_plt
&& !h
->def_regular
)
3126 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
3127 the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */
3128 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
3129 /* If the symbol is weak, we do need to clear the value.
3130 Otherwise, the PLT entry would provide a definition for
3131 the symbol even if the symbol wasn't defined anywhere,
3132 and so the symbol would never be NULL. */
3133 if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
3137 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
3138 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
3139 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
3140 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
3146 /* Combine adjacent literal table entries in the output. Adjacent
3147 entries within each input section may have been removed during
3148 relaxation, but we repeat the process here, even though it's too late
3149 to shrink the output section, because it's important to minimize the
3150 number of literal table entries to reduce the start-up work for the
3151 runtime linker. Returns the number of remaining table entries or -1
3155 elf_xtensa_combine_prop_entries (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3160 property_table_entry
*table
;
3161 bfd_size_type section_size
, sgotloc_size
;
3165 section_size
= sxtlit
->size
;
3166 BFD_ASSERT (section_size
% 8 == 0);
3167 num
= section_size
/ 8;
3169 sgotloc_size
= sgotloc
->size
;
3170 if (sgotloc_size
!= section_size
)
3172 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3173 (_("internal inconsistency in size of .got.loc section"));
3177 table
= bfd_malloc (num
* sizeof (property_table_entry
));
3181 /* The ".xt.lit.plt" section has the SEC_IN_MEMORY flag set and this
3182 propagates to the output section, where it doesn't really apply and
3183 where it breaks the following call to bfd_malloc_and_get_section. */
3184 sxtlit
->flags
&= ~SEC_IN_MEMORY
;
3186 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (output_bfd
, sxtlit
, &contents
))
3194 /* There should never be any relocations left at this point, so this
3195 is quite a bit easier than what is done during relaxation. */
3197 /* Copy the raw contents into a property table array and sort it. */
3199 for (n
= 0; n
< num
; n
++)
3201 table
[n
].address
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, &contents
[offset
]);
3202 table
[n
].size
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, &contents
[offset
+ 4]);
3205 qsort (table
, num
, sizeof (property_table_entry
), property_table_compare
);
3207 for (n
= 0; n
< num
; n
++)
3209 bfd_boolean remove_entry
= FALSE
;
3211 if (table
[n
].size
== 0)
3212 remove_entry
= TRUE
;
3214 && (table
[n
-1].address
+ table
[n
-1].size
== table
[n
].address
))
3216 table
[n
-1].size
+= table
[n
].size
;
3217 remove_entry
= TRUE
;
3222 for (m
= n
; m
< num
- 1; m
++)
3224 table
[m
].address
= table
[m
+1].address
;
3225 table
[m
].size
= table
[m
+1].size
;
3233 /* Copy the data back to the raw contents. */
3235 for (n
= 0; n
< num
; n
++)
3237 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, table
[n
].address
, &contents
[offset
]);
3238 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, table
[n
].size
, &contents
[offset
+ 4]);
3242 /* Clear the removed bytes. */
3243 if ((bfd_size_type
) (num
* 8) < section_size
)
3244 memset (&contents
[num
* 8], 0, section_size
- num
* 8);
3246 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sxtlit
, contents
, 0,
3250 /* Copy the contents to ".got.loc". */
3251 memcpy (sgotloc
->contents
, contents
, section_size
);
3259 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
3262 elf_xtensa_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3263 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3265 struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3267 asection
*sdyn
, *srelplt
, *sgot
, *sxtlit
, *sgotloc
;
3268 Elf32_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
3269 int num_xtlit_entries
= 0;
3271 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
3274 htab
= elf_xtensa_hash_table (info
);
3278 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3279 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3280 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3282 /* Set the first entry in the global offset table to the address of
3283 the dynamic section. */
3287 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
->size
== 4);
3289 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
);
3291 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
3292 sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
,
3296 srelplt
= htab
->srelplt
;
3297 if (srelplt
&& srelplt
->size
!= 0)
3299 asection
*sgotplt
, *srelgot
, *spltlittbl
;
3300 int chunk
, plt_chunks
, plt_entries
;
3301 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
;
3303 unsigned rtld_reloc
;
3305 srelgot
= htab
->srelgot
;
3306 spltlittbl
= htab
->spltlittbl
;
3307 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot
!= NULL
&& spltlittbl
!= NULL
);
3309 /* Find the first XTENSA_RTLD relocation. Presumably the rest
3310 of them follow immediately after.... */
3311 for (rtld_reloc
= 0; rtld_reloc
< srelgot
->reloc_count
; rtld_reloc
++)
3313 loc
= srelgot
->contents
+ rtld_reloc
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
3314 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &irela
);
3315 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irela
.r_info
) == R_XTENSA_RTLD
)
3318 BFD_ASSERT (rtld_reloc
< srelgot
->reloc_count
);
3320 plt_entries
= srelplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
3322 (plt_entries
+ PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
- 1) / PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
;
3324 for (chunk
= 0; chunk
< plt_chunks
; chunk
++)
3326 int chunk_entries
= 0;
3328 sgotplt
= elf_xtensa_get_gotplt_section (info
, chunk
);
3329 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt
!= NULL
);
3331 /* Emit special RTLD relocations for the first two entries in
3332 each chunk of the .got.plt section. */
3334 loc
= srelgot
->contents
+ rtld_reloc
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
3335 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &irela
);
3336 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (irela
.r_info
) == R_XTENSA_RTLD
);
3337 irela
.r_offset
= (sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3338 + sgotplt
->output_offset
);
3339 irela
.r_addend
= 1; /* tell rtld to set value to resolver function */
3340 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &irela
, loc
);
3342 BFD_ASSERT (rtld_reloc
<= srelgot
->reloc_count
);
3344 /* Next literal immediately follows the first. */
3345 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
3346 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &irela
);
3347 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (irela
.r_info
) == R_XTENSA_RTLD
);
3348 irela
.r_offset
= (sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3349 + sgotplt
->output_offset
+ 4);
3350 /* Tell rtld to set value to object's link map. */
3352 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &irela
, loc
);
3354 BFD_ASSERT (rtld_reloc
<= srelgot
->reloc_count
);
3356 /* Fill in the literal table. */
3357 if (chunk
< plt_chunks
- 1)
3358 chunk_entries
= PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
;
3360 chunk_entries
= plt_entries
- (chunk
* PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
);
3362 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned) (chunk
+ 1) * 8 <= spltlittbl
->size
);
3363 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
3364 sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
+ sgotplt
->output_offset
,
3365 spltlittbl
->contents
+ (chunk
* 8) + 0);
3366 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
3367 8 + (chunk_entries
* 4),
3368 spltlittbl
->contents
+ (chunk
* 8) + 4);
3371 /* All the dynamic relocations have been emitted at this point.
3372 Make sure the relocation sections are the correct size. */
3373 if (srelgot
->size
!= (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
3374 * srelgot
->reloc_count
)
3375 || srelplt
->size
!= (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
3376 * srelplt
->reloc_count
))
3379 /* The .xt.lit.plt section has just been modified. This must
3380 happen before the code below which combines adjacent literal
3381 table entries, and the .xt.lit.plt contents have to be forced to
3383 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
3384 spltlittbl
->output_section
,
3385 spltlittbl
->contents
,
3386 spltlittbl
->output_offset
,
3389 /* Clear SEC_HAS_CONTENTS so the contents won't be output again. */
3390 spltlittbl
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
3393 /* Combine adjacent literal table entries. */
3394 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->relocatable
);
3395 sxtlit
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".xt.lit");
3396 sgotloc
= htab
->sgotloc
;
3397 BFD_ASSERT (sgotloc
);
3401 elf_xtensa_combine_prop_entries (output_bfd
, sxtlit
, sgotloc
);
3402 if (num_xtlit_entries
< 0)
3406 dyncon
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
3407 dynconend
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
3408 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
3410 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3412 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
3419 case DT_XTENSA_GOT_LOC_SZ
:
3420 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= num_xtlit_entries
;
3423 case DT_XTENSA_GOT_LOC_OFF
:
3424 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= htab
->sgotloc
->output_section
->vma
;
3428 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= htab
->sgot
->output_section
->vma
;
3432 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
;
3436 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->size
;
3440 /* Adjust RELASZ to not include JMPREL. This matches what
3441 glibc expects and what is done for several other ELF
3442 targets (e.g., i386, alpha), but the "correct" behavior
3443 seems to be unresolved. Since the linker script arranges
3444 for .rela.plt to follow all other relocation sections, we
3445 don't have to worry about changing the DT_RELA entry. */
3447 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->size
;
3451 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
3458 /* Functions for dealing with the e_flags field. */
3460 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3461 object file when linking. */
3464 elf_xtensa_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
3466 unsigned out_mach
, in_mach
;
3467 flagword out_flag
, in_flag
;
3469 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3470 if (!_bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
3473 /* Don't even pretend to support mixed-format linking. */
3474 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
3475 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
3478 out_flag
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
3479 in_flag
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
3481 out_mach
= out_flag
& EF_XTENSA_MACH
;
3482 in_mach
= in_flag
& EF_XTENSA_MACH
;
3483 if (out_mach
!= in_mach
)
3485 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3486 (_("%B: incompatible machine type. Output is 0x%x. Input is 0x%x"),
3487 ibfd
, out_mach
, in_mach
);
3488 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3492 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
3494 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
3495 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= in_flag
;
3497 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
3498 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
)
3499 return bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
3500 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
));
3505 if ((out_flag
& EF_XTENSA_XT_INSN
) != (in_flag
& EF_XTENSA_XT_INSN
))
3506 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= (~ EF_XTENSA_XT_INSN
);
3508 if ((out_flag
& EF_XTENSA_XT_LIT
) != (in_flag
& EF_XTENSA_XT_LIT
))
3509 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= (~ EF_XTENSA_XT_LIT
);
3516 elf_xtensa_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
3518 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
3519 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
3521 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= flags
;
3522 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
3529 elf_xtensa_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
3531 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
3532 flagword e_flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
3534 fprintf (f
, "\nXtensa header:\n");
3535 if ((e_flags
& EF_XTENSA_MACH
) == E_XTENSA_MACH
)
3536 fprintf (f
, "\nMachine = Base\n");
3538 fprintf (f
, "\nMachine Id = 0x%x\n", e_flags
& EF_XTENSA_MACH
);
3540 fprintf (f
, "Insn tables = %s\n",
3541 (e_flags
& EF_XTENSA_XT_INSN
) ? "true" : "false");
3543 fprintf (f
, "Literal tables = %s\n",
3544 (e_flags
& EF_XTENSA_XT_LIT
) ? "true" : "false");
3546 return _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, farg
);
3550 /* Set the right machine number for an Xtensa ELF file. */
3553 elf_xtensa_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
3556 unsigned long arch
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_XTENSA_MACH
;
3561 mach
= bfd_mach_xtensa
;
3567 (void) bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, bfd_arch_xtensa
, mach
);
3572 /* The final processing done just before writing out an Xtensa ELF object
3573 file. This gets the Xtensa architecture right based on the machine
3577 elf_xtensa_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
3578 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3583 switch (mach
= bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
3585 case bfd_mach_xtensa
:
3586 val
= E_XTENSA_MACH
;
3592 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= (~ EF_XTENSA_MACH
);
3593 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
3597 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
3598 elf_xtensa_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3599 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3600 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
3602 switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
))
3604 case R_XTENSA_RELATIVE
:
3605 return reloc_class_relative
;
3606 case R_XTENSA_JMP_SLOT
:
3607 return reloc_class_plt
;
3609 return reloc_class_normal
;
3615 elf_xtensa_discard_info_for_section (bfd
*abfd
,
3616 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
3617 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3621 bfd_vma offset
, actual_offset
;
3622 bfd_size_type removed_bytes
= 0;
3623 bfd_size_type entry_size
;
3625 if (sec
->output_section
3626 && bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
3629 if (xtensa_is_proptable_section (sec
))
3634 if (sec
->size
== 0 || sec
->size
% entry_size
!= 0)
3637 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, info
->keep_memory
);
3641 cookie
->rels
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
, info
->keep_memory
);
3644 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
3648 /* Sort the relocations. They should already be in order when
3649 relaxation is enabled, but it might not be. */
3650 qsort (cookie
->rels
, sec
->reloc_count
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
),
3651 internal_reloc_compare
);
3653 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
3654 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
3656 for (offset
= 0; offset
< sec
->size
; offset
+= entry_size
)
3658 actual_offset
= offset
- removed_bytes
;
3660 /* The ...symbol_deleted_p function will skip over relocs but it
3661 won't adjust their offsets, so do that here. */
3662 while (cookie
->rel
< cookie
->relend
3663 && cookie
->rel
->r_offset
< offset
)
3665 cookie
->rel
->r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
3669 while (cookie
->rel
< cookie
->relend
3670 && cookie
->rel
->r_offset
== offset
)
3672 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (offset
, cookie
))
3674 /* Remove the table entry. (If the reloc type is NONE, then
3675 the entry has already been merged with another and deleted
3676 during relaxation.) */
3677 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (cookie
->rel
->r_info
) != R_XTENSA_NONE
)
3679 /* Shift the contents up. */
3680 if (offset
+ entry_size
< sec
->size
)
3681 memmove (&contents
[actual_offset
],
3682 &contents
[actual_offset
+ entry_size
],
3683 sec
->size
- offset
- entry_size
);
3684 removed_bytes
+= entry_size
;
3687 /* Remove this relocation. */
3688 cookie
->rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_XTENSA_NONE
);
3691 /* Adjust the relocation offset for previous removals. This
3692 should not be done before calling ...symbol_deleted_p
3693 because it might mess up the offset comparisons there.
3694 Make sure the offset doesn't underflow in the case where
3695 the first entry is removed. */
3696 if (cookie
->rel
->r_offset
>= removed_bytes
)
3697 cookie
->rel
->r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
3699 cookie
->rel
->r_offset
= 0;
3705 if (removed_bytes
!= 0)
3707 /* Adjust any remaining relocs (shouldn't be any). */
3708 for (; cookie
->rel
< cookie
->relend
; cookie
->rel
++)
3710 if (cookie
->rel
->r_offset
>= removed_bytes
)
3711 cookie
->rel
->r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
3713 cookie
->rel
->r_offset
= 0;
3716 /* Clear the removed bytes. */
3717 memset (&contents
[sec
->size
- removed_bytes
], 0, removed_bytes
);
3719 pin_contents (sec
, contents
);
3720 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, cookie
->rels
);
3723 if (sec
->rawsize
== 0)
3724 sec
->rawsize
= sec
->size
;
3725 sec
->size
-= removed_bytes
;
3727 if (xtensa_is_littable_section (sec
))
3729 asection
*sgotloc
= elf_xtensa_hash_table (info
)->sgotloc
;
3731 sgotloc
->size
-= removed_bytes
;
3736 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
3737 release_internal_relocs (sec
, cookie
->rels
);
3740 return (removed_bytes
!= 0);
3745 elf_xtensa_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
,
3746 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
3747 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3750 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
3752 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3754 if (xtensa_is_property_section (sec
))
3756 if (elf_xtensa_discard_info_for_section (abfd
, cookie
, info
, sec
))
3766 elf_xtensa_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
3768 return xtensa_is_property_section (sec
);
3773 elf_xtensa_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
3775 if (strcmp (".xt_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
3778 if (strcmp (".xt_except_desc", sec
->name
) == 0)
3781 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
3785 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
3788 elf_xtensa_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
3793 /* The size for Xtensa is variable, so don't try to recognize the format
3794 based on the size. Just assume this is GNU/Linux. */
3797 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
3800 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
3804 size
= note
->descsz
- offset
- 4;
3806 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
3807 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
3808 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
3813 elf_xtensa_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
3815 switch (note
->descsz
)
3820 case 128: /* GNU/Linux elf_prpsinfo */
3821 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
3822 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32, 16);
3823 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
3824 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 48, 80);
3827 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
3828 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
3829 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
3832 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
3833 int n
= strlen (command
);
3835 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
3836 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
3843 /* Generic Xtensa configurability stuff. */
3845 static xtensa_opcode callx0_op
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3846 static xtensa_opcode callx4_op
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3847 static xtensa_opcode callx8_op
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3848 static xtensa_opcode callx12_op
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3849 static xtensa_opcode call0_op
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3850 static xtensa_opcode call4_op
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3851 static xtensa_opcode call8_op
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3852 static xtensa_opcode call12_op
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3855 init_call_opcodes (void)
3857 if (callx0_op
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3859 callx0_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "callx0");
3860 callx4_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "callx4");
3861 callx8_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "callx8");
3862 callx12_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "callx12");
3863 call0_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "call0");
3864 call4_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "call4");
3865 call8_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "call8");
3866 call12_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "call12");
3872 is_indirect_call_opcode (xtensa_opcode opcode
)
3874 init_call_opcodes ();
3875 return (opcode
== callx0_op
3876 || opcode
== callx4_op
3877 || opcode
== callx8_op
3878 || opcode
== callx12_op
);
3883 is_direct_call_opcode (xtensa_opcode opcode
)
3885 init_call_opcodes ();
3886 return (opcode
== call0_op
3887 || opcode
== call4_op
3888 || opcode
== call8_op
3889 || opcode
== call12_op
);
3894 is_windowed_call_opcode (xtensa_opcode opcode
)
3896 init_call_opcodes ();
3897 return (opcode
== call4_op
3898 || opcode
== call8_op
3899 || opcode
== call12_op
3900 || opcode
== callx4_op
3901 || opcode
== callx8_op
3902 || opcode
== callx12_op
);
3907 get_indirect_call_dest_reg (xtensa_opcode opcode
, unsigned *pdst
)
3909 unsigned dst
= (unsigned) -1;
3911 init_call_opcodes ();
3912 if (opcode
== callx0_op
)
3914 else if (opcode
== callx4_op
)
3916 else if (opcode
== callx8_op
)
3918 else if (opcode
== callx12_op
)
3921 if (dst
== (unsigned) -1)
3929 static xtensa_opcode
3930 get_const16_opcode (void)
3932 static bfd_boolean done_lookup
= FALSE
;
3933 static xtensa_opcode const16_opcode
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3936 const16_opcode
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "const16");
3939 return const16_opcode
;
3943 static xtensa_opcode
3944 get_l32r_opcode (void)
3946 static xtensa_opcode l32r_opcode
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3947 static bfd_boolean done_lookup
= FALSE
;
3951 l32r_opcode
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "l32r");
3959 l32r_offset (bfd_vma addr
, bfd_vma pc
)
3963 offset
= addr
- ((pc
+3) & -4);
3964 BFD_ASSERT ((offset
& ((1 << 2) - 1)) == 0);
3965 offset
= (signed int) offset
>> 2;
3966 BFD_ASSERT ((signed int) offset
>> 16 == -1);
3972 get_relocation_opnd (xtensa_opcode opcode
, int r_type
)
3974 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
3975 int last_immed
, last_opnd
, opi
;
3977 if (opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3978 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3980 /* Find the last visible PC-relative immediate operand for the opcode.
3981 If there are no PC-relative immediates, then choose the last visible
3982 immediate; otherwise, fail and return XTENSA_UNDEFINED. */
3983 last_immed
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3984 last_opnd
= xtensa_opcode_num_operands (isa
, opcode
);
3985 for (opi
= last_opnd
- 1; opi
>= 0; opi
--)
3987 if (xtensa_operand_is_visible (isa
, opcode
, opi
) == 0)
3989 if (xtensa_operand_is_PCrelative (isa
, opcode
, opi
) == 1)
3994 if (last_immed
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
3995 && xtensa_operand_is_register (isa
, opcode
, opi
) == 0)
3999 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4001 /* If the operand number was specified in an old-style relocation,
4002 check for consistency with the operand computed above. */
4003 if (r_type
>= R_XTENSA_OP0
&& r_type
<= R_XTENSA_OP2
)
4005 int reloc_opnd
= r_type
- R_XTENSA_OP0
;
4006 if (reloc_opnd
!= last_immed
)
4007 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4015 get_relocation_slot (int r_type
)
4025 if (r_type
>= R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
&& r_type
<= R_XTENSA_SLOT14_OP
)
4026 return r_type
- R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
;
4027 if (r_type
>= R_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
&& r_type
<= R_XTENSA_SLOT14_ALT
)
4028 return r_type
- R_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
;
4032 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4036 /* Get the opcode for a relocation. */
4038 static xtensa_opcode
4039 get_relocation_opcode (bfd
*abfd
,
4042 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
)
4044 static xtensa_insnbuf ibuff
= NULL
;
4045 static xtensa_insnbuf sbuff
= NULL
;
4046 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
4050 if (contents
== NULL
)
4051 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4053 if (bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
) <= irel
->r_offset
)
4054 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4058 ibuff
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
4059 sbuff
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
4062 /* Decode the instruction. */
4063 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, ibuff
, &contents
[irel
->r_offset
],
4064 sec
->size
- irel
->r_offset
);
4065 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, ibuff
);
4066 slot
= get_relocation_slot (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
));
4067 if (slot
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
4068 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4069 xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, slot
, ibuff
, sbuff
);
4070 return xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, slot
, sbuff
);
4075 is_l32r_relocation (bfd
*abfd
,
4078 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
)
4080 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
4081 if (!is_operand_relocation (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
)))
4083 opcode
= get_relocation_opcode (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
);
4084 return (opcode
== get_l32r_opcode ());
4088 static bfd_size_type
4089 get_asm_simplify_size (bfd_byte
*contents
,
4090 bfd_size_type content_len
,
4091 bfd_size_type offset
)
4093 bfd_size_type insnlen
, size
= 0;
4095 /* Decode the size of the next two instructions. */
4096 insnlen
= insn_decode_len (contents
, content_len
, offset
);
4102 insnlen
= insn_decode_len (contents
, content_len
, offset
+ size
);
4112 is_alt_relocation (int r_type
)
4114 return (r_type
>= R_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
4115 && r_type
<= R_XTENSA_SLOT14_ALT
);
4120 is_operand_relocation (int r_type
)
4130 if (r_type
>= R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
&& r_type
<= R_XTENSA_SLOT14_OP
)
4132 if (r_type
>= R_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
&& r_type
<= R_XTENSA_SLOT14_ALT
)
4141 #define MIN_INSN_LENGTH 2
4143 /* Return 0 if it fails to decode. */
4146 insn_decode_len (bfd_byte
*contents
,
4147 bfd_size_type content_len
,
4148 bfd_size_type offset
)
4151 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
4153 static xtensa_insnbuf ibuff
= NULL
;
4155 if (offset
+ MIN_INSN_LENGTH
> content_len
)
4159 ibuff
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
4160 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, ibuff
, &contents
[offset
],
4161 content_len
- offset
);
4162 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, ibuff
);
4163 if (fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
4165 insn_len
= xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
);
4166 if (insn_len
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
4172 /* Decode the opcode for a single slot instruction.
4173 Return 0 if it fails to decode or the instruction is multi-slot. */
4176 insn_decode_opcode (bfd_byte
*contents
,
4177 bfd_size_type content_len
,
4178 bfd_size_type offset
,
4181 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
4183 static xtensa_insnbuf insnbuf
= NULL
;
4184 static xtensa_insnbuf slotbuf
= NULL
;
4186 if (offset
+ MIN_INSN_LENGTH
> content_len
)
4187 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4189 if (insnbuf
== NULL
)
4191 insnbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
4192 slotbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
4195 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, &contents
[offset
],
4196 content_len
- offset
);
4197 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, insnbuf
);
4198 if (fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
4199 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4201 if (slot
>= xtensa_format_num_slots (isa
, fmt
))
4202 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4204 xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, slot
, insnbuf
, slotbuf
);
4205 return xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, slot
, slotbuf
);
4209 /* The offset is the offset in the contents.
4210 The address is the address of that offset. */
4213 check_branch_target_aligned (bfd_byte
*contents
,
4214 bfd_size_type content_length
,
4218 bfd_size_type insn_len
= insn_decode_len (contents
, content_length
, offset
);
4221 return check_branch_target_aligned_address (address
, insn_len
);
4226 check_loop_aligned (bfd_byte
*contents
,
4227 bfd_size_type content_length
,
4231 bfd_size_type loop_len
, insn_len
;
4232 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
4234 opcode
= insn_decode_opcode (contents
, content_length
, offset
, 0);
4235 if (opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
4236 || xtensa_opcode_is_loop (xtensa_default_isa
, opcode
) != 1)
4242 loop_len
= insn_decode_len (contents
, content_length
, offset
);
4243 insn_len
= insn_decode_len (contents
, content_length
, offset
+ loop_len
);
4244 if (loop_len
== 0 || insn_len
== 0)
4250 return check_branch_target_aligned_address (address
+ loop_len
, insn_len
);
4255 check_branch_target_aligned_address (bfd_vma addr
, int len
)
4258 return (addr
% 8 == 0);
4259 return ((addr
>> 2) == ((addr
+ len
- 1) >> 2));
4263 /* Instruction widening and narrowing. */
4265 /* When FLIX is available we need to access certain instructions only
4266 when they are 16-bit or 24-bit instructions. This table caches
4267 information about such instructions by walking through all the
4268 opcodes and finding the smallest single-slot format into which each
4271 static xtensa_format
*op_single_fmt_table
= NULL
;
4275 init_op_single_format_table (void)
4277 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
4278 xtensa_insnbuf ibuf
;
4279 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
4283 if (op_single_fmt_table
)
4286 ibuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
4287 num_opcodes
= xtensa_isa_num_opcodes (isa
);
4289 op_single_fmt_table
= (xtensa_format
*)
4290 bfd_malloc (sizeof (xtensa_format
) * num_opcodes
);
4291 for (opcode
= 0; opcode
< num_opcodes
; opcode
++)
4293 op_single_fmt_table
[opcode
] = XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4294 for (fmt
= 0; fmt
< xtensa_isa_num_formats (isa
); fmt
++)
4296 if (xtensa_format_num_slots (isa
, fmt
) == 1
4297 && xtensa_opcode_encode (isa
, fmt
, 0, ibuf
, opcode
) == 0)
4299 xtensa_opcode old_fmt
= op_single_fmt_table
[opcode
];
4300 int fmt_length
= xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
);
4301 if (old_fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
4302 || fmt_length
< xtensa_format_length (isa
, old_fmt
))
4303 op_single_fmt_table
[opcode
] = fmt
;
4307 xtensa_insnbuf_free (isa
, ibuf
);
4311 static xtensa_format
4312 get_single_format (xtensa_opcode opcode
)
4314 init_op_single_format_table ();
4315 return op_single_fmt_table
[opcode
];
4319 /* For the set of narrowable instructions we do NOT include the
4320 narrowings beqz -> beqz.n or bnez -> bnez.n because of complexities
4321 involved during linker relaxation that may require these to
4322 re-expand in some conditions. Also, the narrowing "or" -> mov.n
4323 requires special case code to ensure it only works when op1 == op2. */
4331 struct string_pair narrowable
[] =
4334 { "addi", "addi.n" },
4335 { "addmi", "addi.n" },
4336 { "l32i", "l32i.n" },
4337 { "movi", "movi.n" },
4339 { "retw", "retw.n" },
4340 { "s32i", "s32i.n" },
4341 { "or", "mov.n" } /* special case only when op1 == op2 */
4344 struct string_pair widenable
[] =
4347 { "addi", "addi.n" },
4348 { "addmi", "addi.n" },
4349 { "beqz", "beqz.n" },
4350 { "bnez", "bnez.n" },
4351 { "l32i", "l32i.n" },
4352 { "movi", "movi.n" },
4354 { "retw", "retw.n" },
4355 { "s32i", "s32i.n" },
4356 { "or", "mov.n" } /* special case only when op1 == op2 */
4360 /* Check if an instruction can be "narrowed", i.e., changed from a standard
4361 3-byte instruction to a 2-byte "density" instruction. If it is valid,
4362 return the instruction buffer holding the narrow instruction. Otherwise,
4363 return 0. The set of valid narrowing are specified by a string table
4364 but require some special case operand checks in some cases. */
4366 static xtensa_insnbuf
4367 can_narrow_instruction (xtensa_insnbuf slotbuf
,
4369 xtensa_opcode opcode
)
4371 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
4372 xtensa_format o_fmt
;
4375 static xtensa_insnbuf o_insnbuf
= NULL
;
4376 static xtensa_insnbuf o_slotbuf
= NULL
;
4378 if (o_insnbuf
== NULL
)
4380 o_insnbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
4381 o_slotbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
4384 for (opi
= 0; opi
< (sizeof (narrowable
)/sizeof (struct string_pair
)); opi
++)
4386 bfd_boolean is_or
= (strcmp ("or", narrowable
[opi
].wide
) == 0);
4388 if (opcode
== xtensa_opcode_lookup (isa
, narrowable
[opi
].wide
))
4390 uint32 value
, newval
;
4391 int i
, operand_count
, o_operand_count
;
4392 xtensa_opcode o_opcode
;
4394 /* Address does not matter in this case. We might need to
4395 fix it to handle branches/jumps. */
4396 bfd_vma self_address
= 0;
4398 o_opcode
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (isa
, narrowable
[opi
].narrow
);
4399 if (o_opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
4401 o_fmt
= get_single_format (o_opcode
);
4402 if (o_fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
4405 if (xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
) != 3
4406 || xtensa_format_length (isa
, o_fmt
) != 2)
4409 xtensa_format_encode (isa
, o_fmt
, o_insnbuf
);
4410 operand_count
= xtensa_opcode_num_operands (isa
, opcode
);
4411 o_operand_count
= xtensa_opcode_num_operands (isa
, o_opcode
);
4413 if (xtensa_opcode_encode (isa
, o_fmt
, 0, o_slotbuf
, o_opcode
) != 0)
4418 if (xtensa_opcode_num_operands (isa
, o_opcode
) != operand_count
)
4423 uint32 rawval0
, rawval1
, rawval2
;
4425 if (o_operand_count
+ 1 != operand_count
4426 || xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, 0,
4427 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, &rawval0
) != 0
4428 || xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, 1,
4429 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, &rawval1
) != 0
4430 || xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, 2,
4431 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, &rawval2
) != 0
4432 || rawval1
!= rawval2
4433 || rawval0
== rawval1
/* it is a nop */)
4437 for (i
= 0; i
< o_operand_count
; ++i
)
4439 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, i
, fmt
, 0,
4441 || xtensa_operand_decode (isa
, opcode
, i
, &value
))
4444 /* PC-relative branches need adjustment, but
4445 the PC-rel operand will always have a relocation. */
4447 if (xtensa_operand_do_reloc (isa
, o_opcode
, i
, &newval
,
4449 || xtensa_operand_encode (isa
, o_opcode
, i
, &newval
)
4450 || xtensa_operand_set_field (isa
, o_opcode
, i
, o_fmt
, 0,
4455 if (xtensa_format_set_slot (isa
, o_fmt
, 0, o_insnbuf
, o_slotbuf
))
4465 /* Attempt to narrow an instruction. If the narrowing is valid, perform
4466 the action in-place directly into the contents and return TRUE. Otherwise,
4467 the return value is FALSE and the contents are not modified. */
4470 narrow_instruction (bfd_byte
*contents
,
4471 bfd_size_type content_length
,
4472 bfd_size_type offset
)
4474 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
4475 bfd_size_type insn_len
;
4476 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
4478 xtensa_insnbuf o_insnbuf
;
4480 static xtensa_insnbuf insnbuf
= NULL
;
4481 static xtensa_insnbuf slotbuf
= NULL
;
4483 if (insnbuf
== NULL
)
4485 insnbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
4486 slotbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
4489 BFD_ASSERT (offset
< content_length
);
4491 if (content_length
< 2)
4494 /* We will hand-code a few of these for a little while.
4495 These have all been specified in the assembler aleady. */
4496 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, &contents
[offset
],
4497 content_length
- offset
);
4498 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, insnbuf
);
4499 if (xtensa_format_num_slots (isa
, fmt
) != 1)
4502 if (xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, 0, insnbuf
, slotbuf
) != 0)
4505 opcode
= xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, 0, slotbuf
);
4506 if (opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
4508 insn_len
= xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
);
4509 if (insn_len
> content_length
)
4512 o_insnbuf
= can_narrow_instruction (slotbuf
, fmt
, opcode
);
4515 xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars (isa
, o_insnbuf
, contents
+ offset
,
4516 content_length
- offset
);
4524 /* Check if an instruction can be "widened", i.e., changed from a 2-byte
4525 "density" instruction to a standard 3-byte instruction. If it is valid,
4526 return the instruction buffer holding the wide instruction. Otherwise,
4527 return 0. The set of valid widenings are specified by a string table
4528 but require some special case operand checks in some cases. */
4530 static xtensa_insnbuf
4531 can_widen_instruction (xtensa_insnbuf slotbuf
,
4533 xtensa_opcode opcode
)
4535 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
4536 xtensa_format o_fmt
;
4539 static xtensa_insnbuf o_insnbuf
= NULL
;
4540 static xtensa_insnbuf o_slotbuf
= NULL
;
4542 if (o_insnbuf
== NULL
)
4544 o_insnbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
4545 o_slotbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
4548 for (opi
= 0; opi
< (sizeof (widenable
)/sizeof (struct string_pair
)); opi
++)
4550 bfd_boolean is_or
= (strcmp ("or", widenable
[opi
].wide
) == 0);
4551 bfd_boolean is_branch
= (strcmp ("beqz", widenable
[opi
].wide
) == 0
4552 || strcmp ("bnez", widenable
[opi
].wide
) == 0);
4554 if (opcode
== xtensa_opcode_lookup (isa
, widenable
[opi
].narrow
))
4556 uint32 value
, newval
;
4557 int i
, operand_count
, o_operand_count
, check_operand_count
;
4558 xtensa_opcode o_opcode
;
4560 /* Address does not matter in this case. We might need to fix it
4561 to handle branches/jumps. */
4562 bfd_vma self_address
= 0;
4564 o_opcode
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (isa
, widenable
[opi
].wide
);
4565 if (o_opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
4567 o_fmt
= get_single_format (o_opcode
);
4568 if (o_fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
4571 if (xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
) != 2
4572 || xtensa_format_length (isa
, o_fmt
) != 3)
4575 xtensa_format_encode (isa
, o_fmt
, o_insnbuf
);
4576 operand_count
= xtensa_opcode_num_operands (isa
, opcode
);
4577 o_operand_count
= xtensa_opcode_num_operands (isa
, o_opcode
);
4578 check_operand_count
= o_operand_count
;
4580 if (xtensa_opcode_encode (isa
, o_fmt
, 0, o_slotbuf
, o_opcode
) != 0)
4585 if (xtensa_opcode_num_operands (isa
, o_opcode
) != operand_count
)
4590 uint32 rawval0
, rawval1
;
4592 if (o_operand_count
!= operand_count
+ 1
4593 || xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, 0,
4594 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, &rawval0
) != 0
4595 || xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, 1,
4596 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, &rawval1
) != 0
4597 || rawval0
== rawval1
/* it is a nop */)
4601 check_operand_count
--;
4603 for (i
= 0; i
< check_operand_count
; i
++)
4606 if (is_or
&& i
== o_operand_count
- 1)
4608 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, new_i
, fmt
, 0,
4610 || xtensa_operand_decode (isa
, opcode
, new_i
, &value
))
4613 /* PC-relative branches need adjustment, but
4614 the PC-rel operand will always have a relocation. */
4616 if (xtensa_operand_do_reloc (isa
, o_opcode
, i
, &newval
,
4618 || xtensa_operand_encode (isa
, o_opcode
, i
, &newval
)
4619 || xtensa_operand_set_field (isa
, o_opcode
, i
, o_fmt
, 0,
4624 if (xtensa_format_set_slot (isa
, o_fmt
, 0, o_insnbuf
, o_slotbuf
))
4634 /* Attempt to widen an instruction. If the widening is valid, perform
4635 the action in-place directly into the contents and return TRUE. Otherwise,
4636 the return value is FALSE and the contents are not modified. */
4639 widen_instruction (bfd_byte
*contents
,
4640 bfd_size_type content_length
,
4641 bfd_size_type offset
)
4643 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
4644 bfd_size_type insn_len
;
4645 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
4647 xtensa_insnbuf o_insnbuf
;
4649 static xtensa_insnbuf insnbuf
= NULL
;
4650 static xtensa_insnbuf slotbuf
= NULL
;
4652 if (insnbuf
== NULL
)
4654 insnbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
4655 slotbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
4658 BFD_ASSERT (offset
< content_length
);
4660 if (content_length
< 2)
4663 /* We will hand-code a few of these for a little while.
4664 These have all been specified in the assembler aleady. */
4665 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, &contents
[offset
],
4666 content_length
- offset
);
4667 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, insnbuf
);
4668 if (xtensa_format_num_slots (isa
, fmt
) != 1)
4671 if (xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, 0, insnbuf
, slotbuf
) != 0)
4674 opcode
= xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, 0, slotbuf
);
4675 if (opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
4677 insn_len
= xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
);
4678 if (insn_len
> content_length
)
4681 o_insnbuf
= can_widen_instruction (slotbuf
, fmt
, opcode
);
4684 xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars (isa
, o_insnbuf
, contents
+ offset
,
4685 content_length
- offset
);
4692 /* Code for transforming CALLs at link-time. */
4694 static bfd_reloc_status_type
4695 elf_xtensa_do_asm_simplify (bfd_byte
*contents
,
4697 bfd_vma content_length
,
4698 char **error_message
)
4700 static xtensa_insnbuf insnbuf
= NULL
;
4701 static xtensa_insnbuf slotbuf
= NULL
;
4702 xtensa_format core_format
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4703 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
4704 xtensa_opcode direct_call_opcode
;
4705 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
4706 bfd_byte
*chbuf
= contents
+ address
;
4709 if (insnbuf
== NULL
)
4711 insnbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
4712 slotbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
4715 if (content_length
< address
)
4717 *error_message
= _("Attempt to convert L32R/CALLX to CALL failed");
4718 return bfd_reloc_other
;
4721 opcode
= get_expanded_call_opcode (chbuf
, content_length
- address
, 0);
4722 direct_call_opcode
= swap_callx_for_call_opcode (opcode
);
4723 if (direct_call_opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
4725 *error_message
= _("Attempt to convert L32R/CALLX to CALL failed");
4726 return bfd_reloc_other
;
4729 /* Assemble a NOP ("or a1, a1, a1") into the 0 byte offset. */
4730 core_format
= xtensa_format_lookup (isa
, "x24");
4731 opcode
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (isa
, "or");
4732 xtensa_opcode_encode (isa
, core_format
, 0, slotbuf
, opcode
);
4733 for (opn
= 0; opn
< 3; opn
++)
4736 xtensa_operand_encode (isa
, opcode
, opn
, ®no
);
4737 xtensa_operand_set_field (isa
, opcode
, opn
, core_format
, 0,
4740 xtensa_format_encode (isa
, core_format
, insnbuf
);
4741 xtensa_format_set_slot (isa
, core_format
, 0, insnbuf
, slotbuf
);
4742 xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, chbuf
, content_length
- address
);
4744 /* Assemble a CALL ("callN 0") into the 3 byte offset. */
4745 xtensa_opcode_encode (isa
, core_format
, 0, slotbuf
, direct_call_opcode
);
4746 xtensa_operand_set_field (isa
, opcode
, 0, core_format
, 0, slotbuf
, 0);
4748 xtensa_format_encode (isa
, core_format
, insnbuf
);
4749 xtensa_format_set_slot (isa
, core_format
, 0, insnbuf
, slotbuf
);
4750 xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, chbuf
+ 3,
4751 content_length
- address
- 3);
4753 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
4757 static bfd_reloc_status_type
4758 contract_asm_expansion (bfd_byte
*contents
,
4759 bfd_vma content_length
,
4760 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
,
4761 char **error_message
)
4763 bfd_reloc_status_type retval
=
4764 elf_xtensa_do_asm_simplify (contents
, irel
->r_offset
, content_length
,
4767 if (retval
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
4768 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
4770 /* Update the irel->r_offset field so that the right immediate and
4771 the right instruction are modified during the relocation. */
4772 irel
->r_offset
+= 3;
4773 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
), R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
);
4774 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
4778 static xtensa_opcode
4779 swap_callx_for_call_opcode (xtensa_opcode opcode
)
4781 init_call_opcodes ();
4783 if (opcode
== callx0_op
) return call0_op
;
4784 if (opcode
== callx4_op
) return call4_op
;
4785 if (opcode
== callx8_op
) return call8_op
;
4786 if (opcode
== callx12_op
) return call12_op
;
4788 /* Return XTENSA_UNDEFINED if the opcode is not an indirect call. */
4789 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4793 /* Check if "buf" is pointing to a "L32R aN; CALLX aN" or "CONST16 aN;
4794 CONST16 aN; CALLX aN" sequence, and if so, return the CALLX opcode.
4795 If not, return XTENSA_UNDEFINED. */
4797 #define L32R_TARGET_REG_OPERAND 0
4798 #define CONST16_TARGET_REG_OPERAND 0
4799 #define CALLN_SOURCE_OPERAND 0
4801 static xtensa_opcode
4802 get_expanded_call_opcode (bfd_byte
*buf
, int bufsize
, bfd_boolean
*p_uses_l32r
)
4804 static xtensa_insnbuf insnbuf
= NULL
;
4805 static xtensa_insnbuf slotbuf
= NULL
;
4807 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
4808 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
4809 uint32 regno
, const16_regno
, call_regno
;
4812 if (insnbuf
== NULL
)
4814 insnbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
4815 slotbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
4818 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, buf
, bufsize
);
4819 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, insnbuf
);
4820 if (fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
4821 || xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, 0, insnbuf
, slotbuf
))
4822 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4824 opcode
= xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, 0, slotbuf
);
4825 if (opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
4826 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4828 if (opcode
== get_l32r_opcode ())
4831 *p_uses_l32r
= TRUE
;
4832 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, L32R_TARGET_REG_OPERAND
,
4833 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, ®no
)
4834 || xtensa_operand_decode (isa
, opcode
, L32R_TARGET_REG_OPERAND
,
4836 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4838 else if (opcode
== get_const16_opcode ())
4841 *p_uses_l32r
= FALSE
;
4842 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, CONST16_TARGET_REG_OPERAND
,
4843 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, ®no
)
4844 || xtensa_operand_decode (isa
, opcode
, CONST16_TARGET_REG_OPERAND
,
4846 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4848 /* Check that the next instruction is also CONST16. */
4849 offset
+= xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
);
4850 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, buf
+ offset
, bufsize
- offset
);
4851 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, insnbuf
);
4852 if (fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
4853 || xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, 0, insnbuf
, slotbuf
))
4854 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4855 opcode
= xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, 0, slotbuf
);
4856 if (opcode
!= get_const16_opcode ())
4857 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4859 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, CONST16_TARGET_REG_OPERAND
,
4860 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, &const16_regno
)
4861 || xtensa_operand_decode (isa
, opcode
, CONST16_TARGET_REG_OPERAND
,
4863 || const16_regno
!= regno
)
4864 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4867 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4869 /* Next instruction should be an CALLXn with operand 0 == regno. */
4870 offset
+= xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
);
4871 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, buf
+ offset
, bufsize
- offset
);
4872 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, insnbuf
);
4873 if (fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
4874 || xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, 0, insnbuf
, slotbuf
))
4875 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4876 opcode
= xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, 0, slotbuf
);
4877 if (opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
4878 || !is_indirect_call_opcode (opcode
))
4879 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4881 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, CALLN_SOURCE_OPERAND
,
4882 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, &call_regno
)
4883 || xtensa_operand_decode (isa
, opcode
, CALLN_SOURCE_OPERAND
,
4885 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4887 if (call_regno
!= regno
)
4888 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4894 /* Data structures used during relaxation. */
4896 /* r_reloc: relocation values. */
4898 /* Through the relaxation process, we need to keep track of the values
4899 that will result from evaluating relocations. The standard ELF
4900 relocation structure is not sufficient for this purpose because we're
4901 operating on multiple input files at once, so we need to know which
4902 input file a relocation refers to. The r_reloc structure thus
4903 records both the input file (bfd) and ELF relocation.
4905 For efficiency, an r_reloc also contains a "target_offset" field to
4906 cache the target-section-relative offset value that is represented by
4909 The r_reloc also contains a virtual offset that allows multiple
4910 inserted literals to be placed at the same "address" with
4911 different offsets. */
4913 typedef struct r_reloc_struct r_reloc
;
4915 struct r_reloc_struct
4918 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
4919 bfd_vma target_offset
;
4920 bfd_vma virtual_offset
;
4924 /* The r_reloc structure is included by value in literal_value, but not
4925 every literal_value has an associated relocation -- some are simple
4926 constants. In such cases, we set all the fields in the r_reloc
4927 struct to zero. The r_reloc_is_const function should be used to
4928 detect this case. */
4931 r_reloc_is_const (const r_reloc
*r_rel
)
4933 return (r_rel
->abfd
== NULL
);
4938 r_reloc_get_target_offset (const r_reloc
*r_rel
)
4940 bfd_vma target_offset
;
4941 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4943 BFD_ASSERT (!r_reloc_is_const (r_rel
));
4944 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (r_rel
->rela
.r_info
);
4945 target_offset
= get_elf_r_symndx_offset (r_rel
->abfd
, r_symndx
);
4946 return (target_offset
+ r_rel
->rela
.r_addend
);
4950 static struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4951 r_reloc_get_hash_entry (const r_reloc
*r_rel
)
4953 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (r_rel
->rela
.r_info
);
4954 return get_elf_r_symndx_hash_entry (r_rel
->abfd
, r_symndx
);
4959 r_reloc_get_section (const r_reloc
*r_rel
)
4961 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (r_rel
->rela
.r_info
);
4962 return get_elf_r_symndx_section (r_rel
->abfd
, r_symndx
);
4967 r_reloc_is_defined (const r_reloc
*r_rel
)
4973 sec
= r_reloc_get_section (r_rel
);
4974 if (sec
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
4975 || sec
== bfd_com_section_ptr
4976 || sec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
4983 r_reloc_init (r_reloc
*r_rel
,
4985 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
,
4987 bfd_size_type content_length
)
4990 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
4994 r_rel
->rela
= *irel
;
4996 r_rel
->target_offset
= r_reloc_get_target_offset (r_rel
);
4997 r_rel
->virtual_offset
= 0;
4998 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (r_rel
->rela
.r_info
);
4999 howto
= &elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
5000 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5002 bfd_vma inplace_val
;
5003 BFD_ASSERT (r_rel
->rela
.r_offset
< content_length
);
5005 inplace_val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, &contents
[r_rel
->rela
.r_offset
]);
5006 r_rel
->target_offset
+= inplace_val
;
5010 memset (r_rel
, 0, sizeof (r_reloc
));
5017 print_r_reloc (FILE *fp
, const r_reloc
*r_rel
)
5019 if (r_reloc_is_defined (r_rel
))
5021 asection
*sec
= r_reloc_get_section (r_rel
);
5022 fprintf (fp
, " %s(%s + ", sec
->owner
->filename
, sec
->name
);
5024 else if (r_reloc_get_hash_entry (r_rel
))
5025 fprintf (fp
, " %s + ", r_reloc_get_hash_entry (r_rel
)->root
.root
.string
);
5027 fprintf (fp
, " ?? + ");
5029 fprintf_vma (fp
, r_rel
->target_offset
);
5030 if (r_rel
->virtual_offset
)
5032 fprintf (fp
, " + ");
5033 fprintf_vma (fp
, r_rel
->virtual_offset
);
5042 /* source_reloc: relocations that reference literals. */
5044 /* To determine whether literals can be coalesced, we need to first
5045 record all the relocations that reference the literals. The
5046 source_reloc structure below is used for this purpose. The
5047 source_reloc entries are kept in a per-literal-section array, sorted
5048 by offset within the literal section (i.e., target offset).
5050 The source_sec and r_rel.rela.r_offset fields identify the source of
5051 the relocation. The r_rel field records the relocation value, i.e.,
5052 the offset of the literal being referenced. The opnd field is needed
5053 to determine the range of the immediate field to which the relocation
5054 applies, so we can determine whether another literal with the same
5055 value is within range. The is_null field is true when the relocation
5056 is being removed (e.g., when an L32R is being removed due to a CALLX
5057 that is converted to a direct CALL). */
5059 typedef struct source_reloc_struct source_reloc
;
5061 struct source_reloc_struct
5063 asection
*source_sec
;
5065 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
5067 bfd_boolean is_null
;
5068 bfd_boolean is_abs_literal
;
5073 init_source_reloc (source_reloc
*reloc
,
5074 asection
*source_sec
,
5075 const r_reloc
*r_rel
,
5076 xtensa_opcode opcode
,
5078 bfd_boolean is_abs_literal
)
5080 reloc
->source_sec
= source_sec
;
5081 reloc
->r_rel
= *r_rel
;
5082 reloc
->opcode
= opcode
;
5084 reloc
->is_null
= FALSE
;
5085 reloc
->is_abs_literal
= is_abs_literal
;
5089 /* Find the source_reloc for a particular source offset and relocation
5090 type. Note that the array is sorted by _target_ offset, so this is
5091 just a linear search. */
5093 static source_reloc
*
5094 find_source_reloc (source_reloc
*src_relocs
,
5097 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
)
5101 for (i
= 0; i
< src_count
; i
++)
5103 if (src_relocs
[i
].source_sec
== sec
5104 && src_relocs
[i
].r_rel
.rela
.r_offset
== irel
->r_offset
5105 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (src_relocs
[i
].r_rel
.rela
.r_info
)
5106 == ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
)))
5107 return &src_relocs
[i
];
5115 source_reloc_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
5117 const source_reloc
*a
= (const source_reloc
*) ap
;
5118 const source_reloc
*b
= (const source_reloc
*) bp
;
5120 if (a
->r_rel
.target_offset
!= b
->r_rel
.target_offset
)
5121 return (a
->r_rel
.target_offset
- b
->r_rel
.target_offset
);
5123 /* We don't need to sort on these criteria for correctness,
5124 but enforcing a more strict ordering prevents unstable qsort
5125 from behaving differently with different implementations.
5126 Without the code below we get correct but different results
5127 on Solaris 2.7 and 2.8. We would like to always produce the
5128 same results no matter the host. */
5130 if ((!a
->is_null
) - (!b
->is_null
))
5131 return ((!a
->is_null
) - (!b
->is_null
));
5132 return internal_reloc_compare (&a
->r_rel
.rela
, &b
->r_rel
.rela
);
5136 /* Literal values and value hash tables. */
5138 /* Literals with the same value can be coalesced. The literal_value
5139 structure records the value of a literal: the "r_rel" field holds the
5140 information from the relocation on the literal (if there is one) and
5141 the "value" field holds the contents of the literal word itself.
5143 The value_map structure records a literal value along with the
5144 location of a literal holding that value. The value_map hash table
5145 is indexed by the literal value, so that we can quickly check if a
5146 particular literal value has been seen before and is thus a candidate
5149 typedef struct literal_value_struct literal_value
;
5150 typedef struct value_map_struct value_map
;
5151 typedef struct value_map_hash_table_struct value_map_hash_table
;
5153 struct literal_value_struct
5156 unsigned long value
;
5157 bfd_boolean is_abs_literal
;
5160 struct value_map_struct
5162 literal_value val
; /* The literal value. */
5163 r_reloc loc
; /* Location of the literal. */
5167 struct value_map_hash_table_struct
5169 unsigned bucket_count
;
5170 value_map
**buckets
;
5172 bfd_boolean has_last_loc
;
5178 init_literal_value (literal_value
*lit
,
5179 const r_reloc
*r_rel
,
5180 unsigned long value
,
5181 bfd_boolean is_abs_literal
)
5183 lit
->r_rel
= *r_rel
;
5185 lit
->is_abs_literal
= is_abs_literal
;
5190 literal_value_equal (const literal_value
*src1
,
5191 const literal_value
*src2
,
5192 bfd_boolean final_static_link
)
5194 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
, *h2
;
5196 if (r_reloc_is_const (&src1
->r_rel
) != r_reloc_is_const (&src2
->r_rel
))
5199 if (r_reloc_is_const (&src1
->r_rel
))
5200 return (src1
->value
== src2
->value
);
5202 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (src1
->r_rel
.rela
.r_info
)
5203 != ELF32_R_TYPE (src2
->r_rel
.rela
.r_info
))
5206 if (src1
->r_rel
.target_offset
!= src2
->r_rel
.target_offset
)
5209 if (src1
->r_rel
.virtual_offset
!= src2
->r_rel
.virtual_offset
)
5212 if (src1
->value
!= src2
->value
)
5215 /* Now check for the same section (if defined) or the same elf_hash
5216 (if undefined or weak). */
5217 h1
= r_reloc_get_hash_entry (&src1
->r_rel
);
5218 h2
= r_reloc_get_hash_entry (&src2
->r_rel
);
5219 if (r_reloc_is_defined (&src1
->r_rel
)
5220 && (final_static_link
5221 || ((!h1
|| h1
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5222 && (!h2
|| h2
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))))
5224 if (r_reloc_get_section (&src1
->r_rel
)
5225 != r_reloc_get_section (&src2
->r_rel
))
5230 /* Require that the hash entries (i.e., symbols) be identical. */
5231 if (h1
!= h2
|| h1
== 0)
5235 if (src1
->is_abs_literal
!= src2
->is_abs_literal
)
5242 /* Must be power of 2. */
5243 #define INITIAL_HASH_RELOC_BUCKET_COUNT 1024
5245 static value_map_hash_table
*
5246 value_map_hash_table_init (void)
5248 value_map_hash_table
*values
;
5250 values
= (value_map_hash_table
*)
5251 bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (value_map_hash_table
));
5252 values
->bucket_count
= INITIAL_HASH_RELOC_BUCKET_COUNT
;
5254 values
->buckets
= (value_map
**)
5255 bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (value_map
*) * values
->bucket_count
);
5256 if (values
->buckets
== NULL
)
5261 values
->has_last_loc
= FALSE
;
5268 value_map_hash_table_delete (value_map_hash_table
*table
)
5270 free (table
->buckets
);
5276 hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma val
)
5278 return (val
>> 2) + (val
>> 10);
5283 literal_value_hash (const literal_value
*src
)
5287 hash_val
= hash_bfd_vma (src
->value
);
5288 if (!r_reloc_is_const (&src
->r_rel
))
5292 hash_val
+= hash_bfd_vma (src
->is_abs_literal
* 1000);
5293 hash_val
+= hash_bfd_vma (src
->r_rel
.target_offset
);
5294 hash_val
+= hash_bfd_vma (src
->r_rel
.virtual_offset
);
5296 /* Now check for the same section and the same elf_hash. */
5297 if (r_reloc_is_defined (&src
->r_rel
))
5298 sec_or_hash
= r_reloc_get_section (&src
->r_rel
);
5300 sec_or_hash
= r_reloc_get_hash_entry (&src
->r_rel
);
5301 hash_val
+= hash_bfd_vma ((bfd_vma
) (size_t) sec_or_hash
);
5307 /* Check if the specified literal_value has been seen before. */
5310 value_map_get_cached_value (value_map_hash_table
*map
,
5311 const literal_value
*val
,
5312 bfd_boolean final_static_link
)
5318 idx
= literal_value_hash (val
);
5319 idx
= idx
& (map
->bucket_count
- 1);
5320 bucket
= map
->buckets
[idx
];
5321 for (map_e
= bucket
; map_e
; map_e
= map_e
->next
)
5323 if (literal_value_equal (&map_e
->val
, val
, final_static_link
))
5330 /* Record a new literal value. It is illegal to call this if VALUE
5331 already has an entry here. */
5334 add_value_map (value_map_hash_table
*map
,
5335 const literal_value
*val
,
5337 bfd_boolean final_static_link
)
5339 value_map
**bucket_p
;
5342 value_map
*val_e
= (value_map
*) bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (value_map
));
5345 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
5349 BFD_ASSERT (!value_map_get_cached_value (map
, val
, final_static_link
));
5353 idx
= literal_value_hash (val
);
5354 idx
= idx
& (map
->bucket_count
- 1);
5355 bucket_p
= &map
->buckets
[idx
];
5357 val_e
->next
= *bucket_p
;
5360 /* FIXME: Consider resizing the hash table if we get too many entries. */
5366 /* Lists of text actions (ta_) for narrowing, widening, longcall
5367 conversion, space fill, code & literal removal, etc. */
5369 /* The following text actions are generated:
5371 "ta_remove_insn" remove an instruction or instructions
5372 "ta_remove_longcall" convert longcall to call
5373 "ta_convert_longcall" convert longcall to nop/call
5374 "ta_narrow_insn" narrow a wide instruction
5375 "ta_widen" widen a narrow instruction
5376 "ta_fill" add fill or remove fill
5377 removed < 0 is a fill; branches to the fill address will be
5378 changed to address + fill size (e.g., address - removed)
5379 removed >= 0 branches to the fill address will stay unchanged
5380 "ta_remove_literal" remove a literal; this action is
5381 indicated when a literal is removed
5383 "ta_add_literal" insert a new literal; this action is
5384 indicated when a literal has been moved.
5385 It may use a virtual_offset because
5386 multiple literals can be placed at the
5389 For each of these text actions, we also record the number of bytes
5390 removed by performing the text action. In the case of a "ta_widen"
5391 or a "ta_fill" that adds space, the removed_bytes will be negative. */
5393 typedef struct text_action_struct text_action
;
5394 typedef struct text_action_list_struct text_action_list
;
5395 typedef enum text_action_enum_t text_action_t
;
5397 enum text_action_enum_t
5400 ta_remove_insn
, /* removed = -size */
5401 ta_remove_longcall
, /* removed = -size */
5402 ta_convert_longcall
, /* removed = 0 */
5403 ta_narrow_insn
, /* removed = -1 */
5404 ta_widen_insn
, /* removed = +1 */
5405 ta_fill
, /* removed = +size */
5411 /* Structure for a text action record. */
5412 struct text_action_struct
5414 text_action_t action
;
5415 asection
*sec
; /* Optional */
5417 bfd_vma virtual_offset
; /* Zero except for adding literals. */
5419 literal_value value
; /* Only valid when adding literals. */
5422 struct removal_by_action_entry_struct
5427 int eq_removed_before_fill
;
5429 typedef struct removal_by_action_entry_struct removal_by_action_entry
;
5431 struct removal_by_action_map_struct
5434 removal_by_action_entry
*entry
;
5436 typedef struct removal_by_action_map_struct removal_by_action_map
;
5439 /* List of all of the actions taken on a text section. */
5440 struct text_action_list_struct
5444 removal_by_action_map map
;
5448 static text_action
*
5449 find_fill_action (text_action_list
*l
, asection
*sec
, bfd_vma offset
)
5453 /* It is not necessary to fill at the end of a section. */
5454 if (sec
->size
== offset
)
5460 splay_tree_node node
= splay_tree_lookup (l
->tree
, (splay_tree_key
)&a
);
5462 return (text_action
*)node
->value
;
5468 compute_removed_action_diff (const text_action
*ta
,
5472 int removable_space
)
5475 int current_removed
= 0;
5478 current_removed
= ta
->removed_bytes
;
5480 BFD_ASSERT (ta
== NULL
|| ta
->offset
== offset
);
5481 BFD_ASSERT (ta
== NULL
|| ta
->action
== ta_fill
);
5483 /* It is not necessary to fill at the end of a section. Clean this up. */
5484 if (sec
->size
== offset
)
5485 new_removed
= removable_space
- 0;
5489 int added
= -removed
- current_removed
;
5490 /* Ignore multiples of the section alignment. */
5491 added
= ((1 << sec
->alignment_power
) - 1) & added
;
5492 new_removed
= (-added
);
5494 /* Modify for removable. */
5495 space
= removable_space
- new_removed
;
5496 new_removed
= (removable_space
5497 - (((1 << sec
->alignment_power
) - 1) & space
));
5499 return (new_removed
- current_removed
);
5504 adjust_fill_action (text_action
*ta
, int fill_diff
)
5506 ta
->removed_bytes
+= fill_diff
;
5511 text_action_compare (splay_tree_key a
, splay_tree_key b
)
5513 text_action
*pa
= (text_action
*)a
;
5514 text_action
*pb
= (text_action
*)b
;
5515 static const int action_priority
[] =
5519 [ta_convert_longcall
] = 2,
5520 [ta_narrow_insn
] = 3,
5521 [ta_remove_insn
] = 4,
5522 [ta_remove_longcall
] = 5,
5523 [ta_remove_literal
] = 6,
5524 [ta_widen_insn
] = 7,
5525 [ta_add_literal
] = 8,
5528 if (pa
->offset
== pb
->offset
)
5530 if (pa
->action
== pb
->action
)
5532 return action_priority
[pa
->action
] - action_priority
[pb
->action
];
5535 return pa
->offset
< pb
->offset
? -1 : 1;
5538 static text_action
*
5539 action_first (text_action_list
*action_list
)
5541 splay_tree_node node
= splay_tree_min (action_list
->tree
);
5542 return node
? (text_action
*)node
->value
: NULL
;
5545 static text_action
*
5546 action_next (text_action_list
*action_list
, text_action
*action
)
5548 splay_tree_node node
= splay_tree_successor (action_list
->tree
,
5549 (splay_tree_key
)action
);
5550 return node
? (text_action
*)node
->value
: NULL
;
5553 /* Add a modification action to the text. For the case of adding or
5554 removing space, modify any current fill and assume that
5555 "unreachable_space" bytes can be freely contracted. Note that a
5556 negative removed value is a fill. */
5559 text_action_add (text_action_list
*l
,
5560 text_action_t action
,
5568 /* It is not necessary to fill at the end of a section. */
5569 if (action
== ta_fill
&& sec
->size
== offset
)
5572 /* It is not necessary to fill 0 bytes. */
5573 if (action
== ta_fill
&& removed
== 0)
5579 if (action
== ta_fill
)
5581 splay_tree_node node
= splay_tree_lookup (l
->tree
, (splay_tree_key
)&a
);
5585 ta
= (text_action
*)node
->value
;
5586 ta
->removed_bytes
+= removed
;
5591 BFD_ASSERT (splay_tree_lookup (l
->tree
, (splay_tree_key
)&a
) == NULL
);
5593 ta
= (text_action
*) bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (text_action
));
5594 ta
->action
= action
;
5596 ta
->offset
= offset
;
5597 ta
->removed_bytes
= removed
;
5598 splay_tree_insert (l
->tree
, (splay_tree_key
)ta
, (splay_tree_value
)ta
);
5604 text_action_add_literal (text_action_list
*l
,
5605 text_action_t action
,
5607 const literal_value
*value
,
5611 asection
*sec
= r_reloc_get_section (loc
);
5612 bfd_vma offset
= loc
->target_offset
;
5613 bfd_vma virtual_offset
= loc
->virtual_offset
;
5615 BFD_ASSERT (action
== ta_add_literal
);
5617 /* Create a new record and fill it up. */
5618 ta
= (text_action
*) bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (text_action
));
5619 ta
->action
= action
;
5621 ta
->offset
= offset
;
5622 ta
->virtual_offset
= virtual_offset
;
5624 ta
->removed_bytes
= removed
;
5626 BFD_ASSERT (splay_tree_lookup (l
->tree
, (splay_tree_key
)ta
) == NULL
);
5627 splay_tree_insert (l
->tree
, (splay_tree_key
)ta
, (splay_tree_value
)ta
);
5632 /* Find the total offset adjustment for the relaxations specified by
5633 text_actions, beginning from a particular starting action. This is
5634 typically used from offset_with_removed_text to search an entire list of
5635 actions, but it may also be called directly when adjusting adjacent offsets
5636 so that each search may begin where the previous one left off. */
5639 removed_by_actions (text_action_list
*action_list
,
5640 text_action
**p_start_action
,
5642 bfd_boolean before_fill
)
5647 r
= *p_start_action
;
5650 splay_tree_node node
= splay_tree_lookup (action_list
->tree
,
5652 BFD_ASSERT (node
!= NULL
&& r
== (text_action
*)node
->value
);
5657 if (r
->offset
> offset
)
5660 if (r
->offset
== offset
5661 && (before_fill
|| r
->action
!= ta_fill
|| r
->removed_bytes
>= 0))
5664 removed
+= r
->removed_bytes
;
5666 r
= action_next (action_list
, r
);
5669 *p_start_action
= r
;
5675 offset_with_removed_text (text_action_list
*action_list
, bfd_vma offset
)
5677 text_action
*r
= action_first (action_list
);
5679 return offset
- removed_by_actions (action_list
, &r
, offset
, FALSE
);
5684 action_list_count (text_action_list
*action_list
)
5686 return action_list
->count
;
5689 typedef struct map_action_fn_context_struct map_action_fn_context
;
5690 struct map_action_fn_context_struct
5693 removal_by_action_map map
;
5694 bfd_boolean eq_complete
;
5698 map_action_fn (splay_tree_node node
, void *p
)
5700 map_action_fn_context
*ctx
= p
;
5701 text_action
*r
= (text_action
*)node
->value
;
5702 removal_by_action_entry
*ientry
= ctx
->map
.entry
+ ctx
->map
.n_entries
;
5704 if (ctx
->map
.n_entries
&& (ientry
- 1)->offset
== r
->offset
)
5710 ++ctx
->map
.n_entries
;
5711 ctx
->eq_complete
= FALSE
;
5712 ientry
->offset
= r
->offset
;
5713 ientry
->eq_removed_before_fill
= ctx
->removed
;
5716 if (!ctx
->eq_complete
)
5718 if (r
->action
!= ta_fill
|| r
->removed_bytes
>= 0)
5720 ientry
->eq_removed
= ctx
->removed
;
5721 ctx
->eq_complete
= TRUE
;
5724 ientry
->eq_removed
= ctx
->removed
+ r
->removed_bytes
;
5727 ctx
->removed
+= r
->removed_bytes
;
5728 ientry
->removed
= ctx
->removed
;
5733 map_removal_by_action (text_action_list
*action_list
)
5735 map_action_fn_context ctx
;
5738 ctx
.map
.n_entries
= 0;
5739 ctx
.map
.entry
= bfd_malloc (action_list_count (action_list
) *
5740 sizeof (removal_by_action_entry
));
5741 ctx
.eq_complete
= FALSE
;
5743 splay_tree_foreach (action_list
->tree
, map_action_fn
, &ctx
);
5744 action_list
->map
= ctx
.map
;
5748 removed_by_actions_map (text_action_list
*action_list
, bfd_vma offset
,
5749 bfd_boolean before_fill
)
5753 if (!action_list
->map
.entry
)
5754 map_removal_by_action (action_list
);
5756 if (!action_list
->map
.n_entries
)
5760 b
= action_list
->map
.n_entries
;
5764 unsigned c
= (a
+ b
) / 2;
5766 if (action_list
->map
.entry
[c
].offset
<= offset
)
5772 if (action_list
->map
.entry
[a
].offset
< offset
)
5774 return action_list
->map
.entry
[a
].removed
;
5776 else if (action_list
->map
.entry
[a
].offset
== offset
)
5778 return before_fill
?
5779 action_list
->map
.entry
[a
].eq_removed_before_fill
:
5780 action_list
->map
.entry
[a
].eq_removed
;
5789 offset_with_removed_text_map (text_action_list
*action_list
, bfd_vma offset
)
5791 int removed
= removed_by_actions_map (action_list
, offset
, FALSE
);
5792 return offset
- removed
;
5796 /* The find_insn_action routine will only find non-fill actions. */
5798 static text_action
*
5799 find_insn_action (text_action_list
*action_list
, bfd_vma offset
)
5801 static const text_action_t action
[] =
5803 ta_convert_longcall
,
5813 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (action
) / sizeof (*action
); ++i
)
5815 splay_tree_node node
;
5817 a
.action
= action
[i
];
5818 node
= splay_tree_lookup (action_list
->tree
, (splay_tree_key
)&a
);
5820 return (text_action
*)node
->value
;
5829 print_action (FILE *fp
, text_action
*r
)
5831 const char *t
= "unknown";
5834 case ta_remove_insn
:
5835 t
= "remove_insn"; break;
5836 case ta_remove_longcall
:
5837 t
= "remove_longcall"; break;
5838 case ta_convert_longcall
:
5839 t
= "convert_longcall"; break;
5840 case ta_narrow_insn
:
5841 t
= "narrow_insn"; break;
5843 t
= "widen_insn"; break;
5848 case ta_remove_literal
:
5849 t
= "remove_literal"; break;
5850 case ta_add_literal
:
5851 t
= "add_literal"; break;
5854 fprintf (fp
, "%s: %s[0x%lx] \"%s\" %d\n",
5855 r
->sec
->owner
->filename
,
5856 r
->sec
->name
, (unsigned long) r
->offset
, t
, r
->removed_bytes
);
5860 print_action_list_fn (splay_tree_node node
, void *p
)
5862 text_action
*r
= (text_action
*)node
->value
;
5864 print_action (p
, r
);
5869 print_action_list (FILE *fp
, text_action_list
*action_list
)
5871 fprintf (fp
, "Text Action\n");
5872 splay_tree_foreach (action_list
->tree
, print_action_list_fn
, fp
);
5878 /* Lists of literals being coalesced or removed. */
5880 /* In the usual case, the literal identified by "from" is being
5881 coalesced with another literal identified by "to". If the literal is
5882 unused and is being removed altogether, "to.abfd" will be NULL.
5883 The removed_literal entries are kept on a per-section list, sorted
5884 by the "from" offset field. */
5886 typedef struct removed_literal_struct removed_literal
;
5887 typedef struct removed_literal_map_entry_struct removed_literal_map_entry
;
5888 typedef struct removed_literal_list_struct removed_literal_list
;
5890 struct removed_literal_struct
5894 removed_literal
*next
;
5897 struct removed_literal_map_entry_struct
5900 removed_literal
*literal
;
5903 struct removed_literal_list_struct
5905 removed_literal
*head
;
5906 removed_literal
*tail
;
5909 removed_literal_map_entry
*map
;
5913 /* Record that the literal at "from" is being removed. If "to" is not
5914 NULL, the "from" literal is being coalesced with the "to" literal. */
5917 add_removed_literal (removed_literal_list
*removed_list
,
5918 const r_reloc
*from
,
5921 removed_literal
*r
, *new_r
, *next_r
;
5923 new_r
= (removed_literal
*) bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (removed_literal
));
5925 new_r
->from
= *from
;
5929 new_r
->to
.abfd
= NULL
;
5932 r
= removed_list
->head
;
5935 removed_list
->head
= new_r
;
5936 removed_list
->tail
= new_r
;
5938 /* Special check for common case of append. */
5939 else if (removed_list
->tail
->from
.target_offset
< from
->target_offset
)
5941 removed_list
->tail
->next
= new_r
;
5942 removed_list
->tail
= new_r
;
5946 while (r
->from
.target_offset
< from
->target_offset
&& r
->next
)
5952 new_r
->next
= next_r
;
5954 removed_list
->tail
= new_r
;
5959 map_removed_literal (removed_literal_list
*removed_list
)
5963 removed_literal_map_entry
*map
= NULL
;
5964 removed_literal
*r
= removed_list
->head
;
5966 for (i
= 0; r
; ++i
, r
= r
->next
)
5970 n_map
= (n_map
* 2) + 2;
5971 map
= bfd_realloc (map
, n_map
* sizeof (*map
));
5973 map
[i
].addr
= r
->from
.target_offset
;
5976 removed_list
->map
= map
;
5977 removed_list
->n_map
= i
;
5981 removed_literal_compare (const void *a
, const void *b
)
5983 const removed_literal_map_entry
*pa
= a
;
5984 const removed_literal_map_entry
*pb
= b
;
5986 if (pa
->addr
== pb
->addr
)
5989 return pa
->addr
< pb
->addr
? -1 : 1;
5992 /* Check if the list of removed literals contains an entry for the
5993 given address. Return the entry if found. */
5995 static removed_literal
*
5996 find_removed_literal (removed_literal_list
*removed_list
, bfd_vma addr
)
5998 removed_literal_map_entry
*p
;
5999 removed_literal
*r
= NULL
;
6001 if (removed_list
->map
== NULL
)
6002 map_removed_literal (removed_list
);
6004 p
= bsearch (&addr
, removed_list
->map
, removed_list
->n_map
,
6005 sizeof (*removed_list
->map
), removed_literal_compare
);
6008 while (p
!= removed_list
->map
&& (p
- 1)->addr
== addr
)
6019 print_removed_literals (FILE *fp
, removed_literal_list
*removed_list
)
6022 r
= removed_list
->head
;
6024 fprintf (fp
, "Removed Literals\n");
6025 for (; r
!= NULL
; r
= r
->next
)
6027 print_r_reloc (fp
, &r
->from
);
6028 fprintf (fp
, " => ");
6029 if (r
->to
.abfd
== NULL
)
6030 fprintf (fp
, "REMOVED");
6032 print_r_reloc (fp
, &r
->to
);
6040 /* Per-section data for relaxation. */
6042 typedef struct reloc_bfd_fix_struct reloc_bfd_fix
;
6044 struct xtensa_relax_info_struct
6046 bfd_boolean is_relaxable_literal_section
;
6047 bfd_boolean is_relaxable_asm_section
;
6048 int visited
; /* Number of times visited. */
6050 source_reloc
*src_relocs
; /* Array[src_count]. */
6052 int src_next
; /* Next src_relocs entry to assign. */
6054 removed_literal_list removed_list
;
6055 text_action_list action_list
;
6057 reloc_bfd_fix
*fix_list
;
6058 reloc_bfd_fix
*fix_array
;
6059 unsigned fix_array_count
;
6061 /* Support for expanding the reloc array that is stored
6062 in the section structure. If the relocations have been
6063 reallocated, the newly allocated relocations will be referenced
6064 here along with the actual size allocated. The relocation
6065 count will always be found in the section structure. */
6066 Elf_Internal_Rela
*allocated_relocs
;
6067 unsigned relocs_count
;
6068 unsigned allocated_relocs_count
;
6071 struct elf_xtensa_section_data
6073 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
6074 xtensa_relax_info relax_info
;
6079 elf_xtensa_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
6081 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
6083 struct elf_xtensa_section_data
*sdata
;
6084 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
6086 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6089 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
6092 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
6096 static xtensa_relax_info
*
6097 get_xtensa_relax_info (asection
*sec
)
6099 struct elf_xtensa_section_data
*section_data
;
6101 /* No info available if no section or if it is an output section. */
6102 if (!sec
|| sec
== sec
->output_section
)
6105 section_data
= (struct elf_xtensa_section_data
*) elf_section_data (sec
);
6106 return §ion_data
->relax_info
;
6111 init_xtensa_relax_info (asection
*sec
)
6113 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
6115 relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
= FALSE
;
6116 relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
= FALSE
;
6117 relax_info
->visited
= 0;
6119 relax_info
->src_relocs
= NULL
;
6120 relax_info
->src_count
= 0;
6121 relax_info
->src_next
= 0;
6123 relax_info
->removed_list
.head
= NULL
;
6124 relax_info
->removed_list
.tail
= NULL
;
6126 relax_info
->action_list
.tree
= splay_tree_new (text_action_compare
,
6128 relax_info
->action_list
.map
.n_entries
= 0;
6129 relax_info
->action_list
.map
.entry
= NULL
;
6131 relax_info
->fix_list
= NULL
;
6132 relax_info
->fix_array
= NULL
;
6133 relax_info
->fix_array_count
= 0;
6135 relax_info
->allocated_relocs
= NULL
;
6136 relax_info
->relocs_count
= 0;
6137 relax_info
->allocated_relocs_count
= 0;
6141 /* Coalescing literals may require a relocation to refer to a section in
6142 a different input file, but the standard relocation information
6143 cannot express that. Instead, the reloc_bfd_fix structures are used
6144 to "fix" the relocations that refer to sections in other input files.
6145 These structures are kept on per-section lists. The "src_type" field
6146 records the relocation type in case there are multiple relocations on
6147 the same location. FIXME: This is ugly; an alternative might be to
6148 add new symbols with the "owner" field to some other input file. */
6150 struct reloc_bfd_fix_struct
6154 unsigned src_type
; /* Relocation type. */
6156 asection
*target_sec
;
6157 bfd_vma target_offset
;
6158 bfd_boolean translated
;
6160 reloc_bfd_fix
*next
;
6164 static reloc_bfd_fix
*
6165 reloc_bfd_fix_init (asection
*src_sec
,
6168 asection
*target_sec
,
6169 bfd_vma target_offset
,
6170 bfd_boolean translated
)
6174 fix
= (reloc_bfd_fix
*) bfd_malloc (sizeof (reloc_bfd_fix
));
6175 fix
->src_sec
= src_sec
;
6176 fix
->src_offset
= src_offset
;
6177 fix
->src_type
= src_type
;
6178 fix
->target_sec
= target_sec
;
6179 fix
->target_offset
= target_offset
;
6180 fix
->translated
= translated
;
6187 add_fix (asection
*src_sec
, reloc_bfd_fix
*fix
)
6189 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
6191 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (src_sec
);
6192 fix
->next
= relax_info
->fix_list
;
6193 relax_info
->fix_list
= fix
;
6198 fix_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
6200 const reloc_bfd_fix
*a
= (const reloc_bfd_fix
*) ap
;
6201 const reloc_bfd_fix
*b
= (const reloc_bfd_fix
*) bp
;
6203 if (a
->src_offset
!= b
->src_offset
)
6204 return (a
->src_offset
- b
->src_offset
);
6205 return (a
->src_type
- b
->src_type
);
6210 cache_fix_array (asection
*sec
)
6212 unsigned i
, count
= 0;
6214 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
6216 if (relax_info
== NULL
)
6218 if (relax_info
->fix_list
== NULL
)
6221 for (r
= relax_info
->fix_list
; r
!= NULL
; r
= r
->next
)
6224 relax_info
->fix_array
=
6225 (reloc_bfd_fix
*) bfd_malloc (sizeof (reloc_bfd_fix
) * count
);
6226 relax_info
->fix_array_count
= count
;
6228 r
= relax_info
->fix_list
;
6229 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, r
= r
->next
)
6231 relax_info
->fix_array
[count
- 1 - i
] = *r
;
6232 relax_info
->fix_array
[count
- 1 - i
].next
= NULL
;
6235 qsort (relax_info
->fix_array
, relax_info
->fix_array_count
,
6236 sizeof (reloc_bfd_fix
), fix_compare
);
6240 static reloc_bfd_fix
*
6241 get_bfd_fix (asection
*sec
, bfd_vma offset
, unsigned type
)
6243 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
6247 if (relax_info
== NULL
)
6249 if (relax_info
->fix_list
== NULL
)
6252 if (relax_info
->fix_array
== NULL
)
6253 cache_fix_array (sec
);
6255 key
.src_offset
= offset
;
6256 key
.src_type
= type
;
6257 rv
= bsearch (&key
, relax_info
->fix_array
, relax_info
->fix_array_count
,
6258 sizeof (reloc_bfd_fix
), fix_compare
);
6263 /* Section caching. */
6265 typedef struct section_cache_struct section_cache_t
;
6267 struct section_cache_struct
6271 bfd_byte
*contents
; /* Cache of the section contents. */
6272 bfd_size_type content_length
;
6274 property_table_entry
*ptbl
; /* Cache of the section property table. */
6277 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
; /* Cache of the section relocations. */
6278 unsigned reloc_count
;
6283 init_section_cache (section_cache_t
*sec_cache
)
6285 memset (sec_cache
, 0, sizeof (*sec_cache
));
6290 free_section_cache (section_cache_t
*sec_cache
)
6294 release_contents (sec_cache
->sec
, sec_cache
->contents
);
6295 release_internal_relocs (sec_cache
->sec
, sec_cache
->relocs
);
6296 if (sec_cache
->ptbl
)
6297 free (sec_cache
->ptbl
);
6303 section_cache_section (section_cache_t
*sec_cache
,
6305 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6308 property_table_entry
*prop_table
= NULL
;
6310 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6311 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
= NULL
;
6312 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
6316 if (sec
== sec_cache
->sec
)
6320 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
6322 /* Get the contents. */
6323 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, link_info
->keep_memory
);
6324 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec_size
!= 0)
6327 /* Get the relocations. */
6328 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
,
6329 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6331 /* Get the entry table. */
6332 ptblsize
= xtensa_read_table_entries (abfd
, sec
, &prop_table
,
6333 XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME
, FALSE
);
6337 /* Fill in the new section cache. */
6338 free_section_cache (sec_cache
);
6339 init_section_cache (sec_cache
);
6341 sec_cache
->sec
= sec
;
6342 sec_cache
->contents
= contents
;
6343 sec_cache
->content_length
= sec_size
;
6344 sec_cache
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
6345 sec_cache
->reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
6346 sec_cache
->pte_count
= ptblsize
;
6347 sec_cache
->ptbl
= prop_table
;
6352 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
6353 release_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
6360 /* Extended basic blocks. */
6362 /* An ebb_struct represents an Extended Basic Block. Within this
6363 range, we guarantee that all instructions are decodable, the
6364 property table entries are contiguous, and no property table
6365 specifies a segment that cannot have instructions moved. This
6366 structure contains caches of the contents, property table and
6367 relocations for the specified section for easy use. The range is
6368 specified by ranges of indices for the byte offset, property table
6369 offsets and relocation offsets. These must be consistent. */
6371 typedef struct ebb_struct ebb_t
;
6377 bfd_byte
*contents
; /* Cache of the section contents. */
6378 bfd_size_type content_length
;
6380 property_table_entry
*ptbl
; /* Cache of the section property table. */
6383 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
; /* Cache of the section relocations. */
6384 unsigned reloc_count
;
6386 bfd_vma start_offset
; /* Offset in section. */
6387 unsigned start_ptbl_idx
; /* Offset in the property table. */
6388 unsigned start_reloc_idx
; /* Offset in the relocations. */
6391 unsigned end_ptbl_idx
;
6392 unsigned end_reloc_idx
;
6394 bfd_boolean ends_section
; /* Is this the last ebb in a section? */
6396 /* The unreachable property table at the end of this set of blocks;
6397 NULL if the end is not an unreachable block. */
6398 property_table_entry
*ends_unreachable
;
6402 enum ebb_target_enum
6405 EBB_DESIRE_TGT_ALIGN
,
6406 EBB_REQUIRE_TGT_ALIGN
,
6407 EBB_REQUIRE_LOOP_ALIGN
,
6412 /* proposed_action_struct is similar to the text_action_struct except
6413 that is represents a potential transformation, not one that will
6414 occur. We build a list of these for an extended basic block
6415 and use them to compute the actual actions desired. We must be
6416 careful that the entire set of actual actions we perform do not
6417 break any relocations that would fit if the actions were not
6420 typedef struct proposed_action_struct proposed_action
;
6422 struct proposed_action_struct
6424 enum ebb_target_enum align_type
; /* for the target alignment */
6425 bfd_vma alignment_pow
;
6426 text_action_t action
;
6429 bfd_boolean do_action
; /* If false, then we will not perform the action. */
6433 /* The ebb_constraint_struct keeps a set of proposed actions for an
6434 extended basic block. */
6436 typedef struct ebb_constraint_struct ebb_constraint
;
6438 struct ebb_constraint_struct
6441 bfd_boolean start_movable
;
6443 /* Bytes of extra space at the beginning if movable. */
6444 int start_extra_space
;
6446 enum ebb_target_enum start_align
;
6448 bfd_boolean end_movable
;
6450 /* Bytes of extra space at the end if movable. */
6451 int end_extra_space
;
6453 unsigned action_count
;
6454 unsigned action_allocated
;
6456 /* Array of proposed actions. */
6457 proposed_action
*actions
;
6459 /* Action alignments -- one for each proposed action. */
6460 enum ebb_target_enum
*action_aligns
;
6465 init_ebb_constraint (ebb_constraint
*c
)
6467 memset (c
, 0, sizeof (ebb_constraint
));
6472 free_ebb_constraint (ebb_constraint
*c
)
6480 init_ebb (ebb_t
*ebb
,
6483 bfd_size_type content_length
,
6484 property_table_entry
*prop_table
,
6486 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
6487 unsigned reloc_count
)
6489 memset (ebb
, 0, sizeof (ebb_t
));
6491 ebb
->contents
= contents
;
6492 ebb
->content_length
= content_length
;
6493 ebb
->ptbl
= prop_table
;
6494 ebb
->pte_count
= ptblsize
;
6495 ebb
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
6496 ebb
->reloc_count
= reloc_count
;
6497 ebb
->start_offset
= 0;
6498 ebb
->end_offset
= ebb
->content_length
- 1;
6499 ebb
->start_ptbl_idx
= 0;
6500 ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
= ptblsize
;
6501 ebb
->start_reloc_idx
= 0;
6502 ebb
->end_reloc_idx
= reloc_count
;
6506 /* Extend the ebb to all decodable contiguous sections. The algorithm
6507 for building a basic block around an instruction is to push it
6508 forward until we hit the end of a section, an unreachable block or
6509 a block that cannot be transformed. Then we push it backwards
6510 searching for similar conditions. */
6512 static bfd_boolean
extend_ebb_bounds_forward (ebb_t
*);
6513 static bfd_boolean
extend_ebb_bounds_backward (ebb_t
*);
6514 static bfd_size_type insn_block_decodable_len
6515 (bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
, bfd_vma
, bfd_size_type
);
6518 extend_ebb_bounds (ebb_t
*ebb
)
6520 if (!extend_ebb_bounds_forward (ebb
))
6522 if (!extend_ebb_bounds_backward (ebb
))
6529 extend_ebb_bounds_forward (ebb_t
*ebb
)
6531 property_table_entry
*the_entry
, *new_entry
;
6533 the_entry
= &ebb
->ptbl
[ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
];
6535 /* Stop when (1) we cannot decode an instruction, (2) we are at
6536 the end of the property tables, (3) we hit a non-contiguous property
6537 table entry, (4) we hit a NO_TRANSFORM region. */
6542 bfd_size_type insn_block_len
;
6544 entry_end
= the_entry
->address
- ebb
->sec
->vma
+ the_entry
->size
;
6546 insn_block_decodable_len (ebb
->contents
, ebb
->content_length
,
6548 entry_end
- ebb
->end_offset
);
6549 if (insn_block_len
!= (entry_end
- ebb
->end_offset
))
6551 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6552 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): could not decode instruction; possible configuration mismatch"),
6553 ebb
->sec
->owner
, ebb
->sec
, ebb
->end_offset
+ insn_block_len
);
6556 ebb
->end_offset
+= insn_block_len
;
6558 if (ebb
->end_offset
== ebb
->sec
->size
)
6559 ebb
->ends_section
= TRUE
;
6561 /* Update the reloc counter. */
6562 while (ebb
->end_reloc_idx
+ 1 < ebb
->reloc_count
6563 && (ebb
->relocs
[ebb
->end_reloc_idx
+ 1].r_offset
6566 ebb
->end_reloc_idx
++;
6569 if (ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
+ 1 == ebb
->pte_count
)
6572 new_entry
= &ebb
->ptbl
[ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
+ 1];
6573 if (((new_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN
) == 0)
6574 || ((new_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_NO_TRANSFORM
) != 0)
6575 || ((the_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
) != 0))
6578 if (the_entry
->address
+ the_entry
->size
!= new_entry
->address
)
6581 the_entry
= new_entry
;
6582 ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
++;
6585 /* Quick check for an unreachable or end of file just at the end. */
6586 if (ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
+ 1 == ebb
->pte_count
)
6588 if (ebb
->end_offset
== ebb
->content_length
)
6589 ebb
->ends_section
= TRUE
;
6593 new_entry
= &ebb
->ptbl
[ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
+ 1];
6594 if ((new_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
) != 0
6595 && the_entry
->address
+ the_entry
->size
== new_entry
->address
)
6596 ebb
->ends_unreachable
= new_entry
;
6599 /* Any other ending requires exact alignment. */
6605 extend_ebb_bounds_backward (ebb_t
*ebb
)
6607 property_table_entry
*the_entry
, *new_entry
;
6609 the_entry
= &ebb
->ptbl
[ebb
->start_ptbl_idx
];
6611 /* Stop when (1) we cannot decode the instructions in the current entry.
6612 (2) we are at the beginning of the property tables, (3) we hit a
6613 non-contiguous property table entry, (4) we hit a NO_TRANSFORM region. */
6617 bfd_vma block_begin
;
6618 bfd_size_type insn_block_len
;
6620 block_begin
= the_entry
->address
- ebb
->sec
->vma
;
6622 insn_block_decodable_len (ebb
->contents
, ebb
->content_length
,
6624 ebb
->start_offset
- block_begin
);
6625 if (insn_block_len
!= ebb
->start_offset
- block_begin
)
6627 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6628 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): could not decode instruction; possible configuration mismatch"),
6629 ebb
->sec
->owner
, ebb
->sec
, ebb
->end_offset
+ insn_block_len
);
6632 ebb
->start_offset
-= insn_block_len
;
6634 /* Update the reloc counter. */
6635 while (ebb
->start_reloc_idx
> 0
6636 && (ebb
->relocs
[ebb
->start_reloc_idx
- 1].r_offset
6637 >= ebb
->start_offset
))
6639 ebb
->start_reloc_idx
--;
6642 if (ebb
->start_ptbl_idx
== 0)
6645 new_entry
= &ebb
->ptbl
[ebb
->start_ptbl_idx
- 1];
6646 if ((new_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN
) == 0
6647 || ((new_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_NO_TRANSFORM
) != 0)
6648 || ((new_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
) != 0))
6650 if (new_entry
->address
+ new_entry
->size
!= the_entry
->address
)
6653 the_entry
= new_entry
;
6654 ebb
->start_ptbl_idx
--;
6660 static bfd_size_type
6661 insn_block_decodable_len (bfd_byte
*contents
,
6662 bfd_size_type content_len
,
6663 bfd_vma block_offset
,
6664 bfd_size_type block_len
)
6666 bfd_vma offset
= block_offset
;
6668 while (offset
< block_offset
+ block_len
)
6670 bfd_size_type insn_len
= 0;
6672 insn_len
= insn_decode_len (contents
, content_len
, offset
);
6674 return (offset
- block_offset
);
6677 return (offset
- block_offset
);
6682 ebb_propose_action (ebb_constraint
*c
,
6683 enum ebb_target_enum align_type
,
6684 bfd_vma alignment_pow
,
6685 text_action_t action
,
6688 bfd_boolean do_action
)
6690 proposed_action
*act
;
6692 if (c
->action_allocated
<= c
->action_count
)
6694 unsigned new_allocated
, i
;
6695 proposed_action
*new_actions
;
6697 new_allocated
= (c
->action_count
+ 2) * 2;
6698 new_actions
= (proposed_action
*)
6699 bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (proposed_action
) * new_allocated
);
6701 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->action_count
; i
++)
6702 new_actions
[i
] = c
->actions
[i
];
6705 c
->actions
= new_actions
;
6706 c
->action_allocated
= new_allocated
;
6709 act
= &c
->actions
[c
->action_count
];
6710 act
->align_type
= align_type
;
6711 act
->alignment_pow
= alignment_pow
;
6712 act
->action
= action
;
6713 act
->offset
= offset
;
6714 act
->removed_bytes
= removed_bytes
;
6715 act
->do_action
= do_action
;
6721 /* Access to internal relocations, section contents and symbols. */
6723 /* During relaxation, we need to modify relocations, section contents,
6724 and symbol definitions, and we need to keep the original values from
6725 being reloaded from the input files, i.e., we need to "pin" the
6726 modified values in memory. We also want to continue to observe the
6727 setting of the "keep-memory" flag. The following functions wrap the
6728 standard BFD functions to take care of this for us. */
6730 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
6731 retrieve_internal_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
6733 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
6735 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
6738 internal_relocs
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
6739 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6740 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
6741 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, keep_memory
));
6742 return internal_relocs
;
6747 pin_internal_relocs (asection
*sec
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
6749 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
6754 release_internal_relocs (asection
*sec
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
6757 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6758 free (internal_relocs
);
6763 retrieve_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
6766 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
6768 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
6769 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6771 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec_size
!= 0)
6773 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
6780 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6787 pin_contents (asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
6789 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6794 release_contents (asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
6796 if (contents
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6801 static Elf_Internal_Sym
*
6802 retrieve_local_syms (bfd
*input_bfd
)
6804 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6805 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
6808 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6809 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6811 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6812 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
6813 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
6816 /* Save the symbols for this input file so they won't be read again. */
6817 if (isymbuf
&& isymbuf
!= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
)
6818 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
6824 /* Code for link-time relaxation. */
6826 /* Initialization for relaxation: */
6827 static bfd_boolean
analyze_relocations (struct bfd_link_info
*);
6828 static bfd_boolean find_relaxable_sections
6829 (bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_boolean
*);
6830 static bfd_boolean collect_source_relocs
6831 (bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
6832 static bfd_boolean is_resolvable_asm_expansion
6833 (bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
6835 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*find_associated_l32r_irel
6836 (bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
6837 static bfd_boolean compute_text_actions
6838 (bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
6839 static bfd_boolean
compute_ebb_proposed_actions (ebb_constraint
*);
6840 static bfd_boolean
compute_ebb_actions (ebb_constraint
*);
6841 typedef struct reloc_range_list_struct reloc_range_list
;
6842 static bfd_boolean check_section_ebb_pcrels_fit
6843 (bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
6844 reloc_range_list
*, const ebb_constraint
*,
6845 const xtensa_opcode
*);
6846 static bfd_boolean
check_section_ebb_reduces (const ebb_constraint
*);
6847 static void text_action_add_proposed
6848 (text_action_list
*, const ebb_constraint
*, asection
*);
6849 static int compute_fill_extra_space (property_table_entry
*);
6852 static bfd_boolean compute_removed_literals
6853 (bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, value_map_hash_table
*);
6854 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*get_irel_at_offset
6855 (asection
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_vma
);
6856 static bfd_boolean is_removable_literal
6857 (const source_reloc
*, int, const source_reloc
*, int, asection
*,
6858 property_table_entry
*, int);
6859 static bfd_boolean remove_dead_literal
6860 (bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
6861 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, source_reloc
*, property_table_entry
*, int);
6862 static bfd_boolean identify_literal_placement
6863 (bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
6864 value_map_hash_table
*, bfd_boolean
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*, int,
6865 source_reloc
*, property_table_entry
*, int, section_cache_t
*,
6867 static bfd_boolean
relocations_reach (source_reloc
*, int, const r_reloc
*);
6868 static bfd_boolean coalesce_shared_literal
6869 (asection
*, source_reloc
*, property_table_entry
*, int, value_map
*);
6870 static bfd_boolean move_shared_literal
6871 (asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, source_reloc
*, property_table_entry
*,
6872 int, const r_reloc
*, const literal_value
*, section_cache_t
*);
6875 static bfd_boolean
relax_section (bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
6876 static bfd_boolean
translate_section_fixes (asection
*);
6877 static bfd_boolean
translate_reloc_bfd_fix (reloc_bfd_fix
*);
6878 static asection
*translate_reloc (const r_reloc
*, r_reloc
*, asection
*);
6879 static void shrink_dynamic_reloc_sections
6880 (struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
6881 static bfd_boolean move_literal
6882 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*,
6883 xtensa_relax_info
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
**, const literal_value
*);
6884 static bfd_boolean relax_property_section
6885 (bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
6888 static bfd_boolean
relax_section_symbols (bfd
*, asection
*);
6892 elf_xtensa_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
,
6894 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6897 static value_map_hash_table
*values
= NULL
;
6898 static bfd_boolean relocations_analyzed
= FALSE
;
6899 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
6901 if (!relocations_analyzed
)
6903 /* Do some overall initialization for relaxation. */
6904 values
= value_map_hash_table_init ();
6907 relaxing_section
= TRUE
;
6908 if (!analyze_relocations (link_info
))
6910 relocations_analyzed
= TRUE
;
6914 /* Don't mess with linker-created sections. */
6915 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
6918 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
6919 BFD_ASSERT (relax_info
!= NULL
);
6921 switch (relax_info
->visited
)
6924 /* Note: It would be nice to fold this pass into
6925 analyze_relocations, but it is important for this step that the
6926 sections be examined in link order. */
6927 if (!compute_removed_literals (abfd
, sec
, link_info
, values
))
6934 value_map_hash_table_delete (values
);
6936 if (!relax_section (abfd
, sec
, link_info
))
6942 if (!relax_section_symbols (abfd
, sec
))
6947 relax_info
->visited
++;
6952 /* Initialization for relaxation. */
6954 /* This function is called once at the start of relaxation. It scans
6955 all the input sections and marks the ones that are relaxable (i.e.,
6956 literal sections with L32R relocations against them), and then
6957 collects source_reloc information for all the relocations against
6958 those relaxable sections. During this process, it also detects
6959 longcalls, i.e., calls relaxed by the assembler into indirect
6960 calls, that can be optimized back into direct calls. Within each
6961 extended basic block (ebb) containing an optimized longcall, it
6962 computes a set of "text actions" that can be performed to remove
6963 the L32R associated with the longcall while optionally preserving
6964 branch target alignments. */
6967 analyze_relocations (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6971 bfd_boolean is_relaxable
= FALSE
;
6973 /* Initialize the per-section relaxation info. */
6974 for (abfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
6975 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
6977 init_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
6980 /* Mark relaxable sections (and count relocations against each one). */
6981 for (abfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
6982 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
6984 if (!find_relaxable_sections (abfd
, sec
, link_info
, &is_relaxable
))
6988 /* Bail out if there are no relaxable sections. */
6992 /* Allocate space for source_relocs. */
6993 for (abfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
6994 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
6996 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
6998 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
6999 if (relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
7000 || relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
)
7002 relax_info
->src_relocs
= (source_reloc
*)
7003 bfd_malloc (relax_info
->src_count
* sizeof (source_reloc
));
7006 relax_info
->src_count
= 0;
7009 /* Collect info on relocations against each relaxable section. */
7010 for (abfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
7011 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7013 if (!collect_source_relocs (abfd
, sec
, link_info
))
7017 /* Compute the text actions. */
7018 for (abfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
7019 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7021 if (!compute_text_actions (abfd
, sec
, link_info
))
7029 /* Find all the sections that might be relaxed. The motivation for
7030 this pass is that collect_source_relocs() needs to record _all_ the
7031 relocations that target each relaxable section. That is expensive
7032 and unnecessary unless the target section is actually going to be
7033 relaxed. This pass identifies all such sections by checking if
7034 they have L32Rs pointing to them. In the process, the total number
7035 of relocations targeting each section is also counted so that we
7036 know how much space to allocate for source_relocs against each
7037 relaxable literal section. */
7040 find_relaxable_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
7042 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
7043 bfd_boolean
*is_relaxable_p
)
7045 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7047 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
7049 xtensa_relax_info
*source_relax_info
;
7050 bfd_boolean is_l32r_reloc
;
7052 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
,
7053 link_info
->keep_memory
);
7054 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
7057 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, link_info
->keep_memory
);
7058 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec
->size
!= 0)
7064 source_relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
7065 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
7067 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
7069 asection
*target_sec
;
7070 xtensa_relax_info
*target_relax_info
;
7072 /* If this section has not already been marked as "relaxable", and
7073 if it contains any ASM_EXPAND relocations (marking expanded
7074 longcalls) that can be optimized into direct calls, then mark
7075 the section as "relaxable". */
7076 if (source_relax_info
7077 && !source_relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
7078 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND
)
7080 bfd_boolean is_reachable
= FALSE
;
7081 if (is_resolvable_asm_expansion (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
,
7082 link_info
, &is_reachable
)
7085 source_relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
= TRUE
;
7086 *is_relaxable_p
= TRUE
;
7090 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
,
7091 bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
));
7093 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&r_rel
);
7094 target_relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (target_sec
);
7095 if (!target_relax_info
)
7098 /* Count PC-relative operand relocations against the target section.
7099 Note: The conditions tested here must match the conditions under
7100 which init_source_reloc is called in collect_source_relocs(). */
7101 is_l32r_reloc
= FALSE
;
7102 if (is_operand_relocation (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
)))
7104 xtensa_opcode opcode
=
7105 get_relocation_opcode (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
);
7106 if (opcode
!= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
7108 is_l32r_reloc
= (opcode
== get_l32r_opcode ());
7109 if (!is_alt_relocation (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
))
7111 target_relax_info
->src_count
++;
7115 if (is_l32r_reloc
&& r_reloc_is_defined (&r_rel
))
7117 /* Mark the target section as relaxable. */
7118 target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
= TRUE
;
7119 *is_relaxable_p
= TRUE
;
7124 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
7125 release_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
7130 /* Record _all_ the relocations that point to relaxable sections, and
7131 get rid of ASM_EXPAND relocs by either converting them to
7132 ASM_SIMPLIFY or by removing them. */
7135 collect_source_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
7137 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7139 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7141 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
7143 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
7145 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
,
7146 link_info
->keep_memory
);
7147 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
7150 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
7151 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, link_info
->keep_memory
);
7152 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec_size
!= 0)
7158 /* Record relocations against relaxable literal sections. */
7159 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
7161 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
7163 asection
*target_sec
;
7164 xtensa_relax_info
*target_relax_info
;
7166 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
, sec_size
);
7168 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&r_rel
);
7169 target_relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (target_sec
);
7171 if (target_relax_info
7172 && (target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
7173 || target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
))
7175 xtensa_opcode opcode
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
7177 bfd_boolean is_abs_literal
= FALSE
;
7179 if (is_alt_relocation (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
)))
7181 /* None of the current alternate relocs are PC-relative,
7182 and only PC-relative relocs matter here. However, we
7183 still need to record the opcode for literal
7185 opcode
= get_relocation_opcode (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
);
7186 if (opcode
== get_l32r_opcode ())
7188 is_abs_literal
= TRUE
;
7192 opcode
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
7194 else if (is_operand_relocation (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
)))
7196 opcode
= get_relocation_opcode (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
);
7197 opnd
= get_relocation_opnd (opcode
, ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
));
7200 if (opcode
!= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
7202 int src_next
= target_relax_info
->src_next
++;
7203 source_reloc
*s_reloc
= &target_relax_info
->src_relocs
[src_next
];
7205 init_source_reloc (s_reloc
, sec
, &r_rel
, opcode
, opnd
,
7211 /* Now get rid of ASM_EXPAND relocations. At this point, the
7212 src_relocs array for the target literal section may still be
7213 incomplete, but it must at least contain the entries for the L32R
7214 relocations associated with ASM_EXPANDs because they were just
7215 added in the preceding loop over the relocations. */
7217 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
7219 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
7220 bfd_boolean is_reachable
;
7222 if (!is_resolvable_asm_expansion (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
, link_info
,
7228 Elf_Internal_Rela
*l32r_irel
;
7230 asection
*target_sec
;
7231 xtensa_relax_info
*target_relax_info
;
7233 /* Mark the source_reloc for the L32R so that it will be
7234 removed in compute_removed_literals(), along with the
7235 associated literal. */
7236 l32r_irel
= find_associated_l32r_irel (abfd
, sec
, contents
,
7237 irel
, internal_relocs
);
7238 if (l32r_irel
== NULL
)
7241 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, l32r_irel
, contents
, sec_size
);
7243 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&r_rel
);
7244 target_relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (target_sec
);
7246 if (target_relax_info
7247 && (target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
7248 || target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
))
7250 source_reloc
*s_reloc
;
7252 /* Search the source_relocs for the entry corresponding to
7253 the l32r_irel. Note: The src_relocs array is not yet
7254 sorted, but it wouldn't matter anyway because we're
7255 searching by source offset instead of target offset. */
7256 s_reloc
= find_source_reloc (target_relax_info
->src_relocs
,
7257 target_relax_info
->src_next
,
7259 BFD_ASSERT (s_reloc
);
7260 s_reloc
->is_null
= TRUE
;
7263 /* Convert this reloc to ASM_SIMPLIFY. */
7264 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
),
7265 R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
);
7266 l32r_irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_XTENSA_NONE
);
7268 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
7272 /* It is resolvable but doesn't reach. We resolve now
7273 by eliminating the relocation -- the call will remain
7274 expanded into L32R/CALLX. */
7275 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_XTENSA_NONE
);
7276 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
7281 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
7282 release_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
7287 /* Return TRUE if the asm expansion can be resolved. Generally it can
7288 be resolved on a final link or when a partial link locates it in the
7289 same section as the target. Set "is_reachable" flag if the target of
7290 the call is within the range of a direct call, given the current VMA
7291 for this section and the target section. */
7294 is_resolvable_asm_expansion (bfd
*abfd
,
7297 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
,
7298 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
7299 bfd_boolean
*is_reachable_p
)
7301 asection
*target_sec
;
7302 bfd_vma target_offset
;
7304 xtensa_opcode opcode
, direct_call_opcode
;
7305 bfd_vma self_address
;
7306 bfd_vma dest_address
;
7307 bfd_boolean uses_l32r
;
7308 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
7310 *is_reachable_p
= FALSE
;
7312 if (contents
== NULL
)
7315 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) != R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND
)
7318 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
7319 opcode
= get_expanded_call_opcode (contents
+ irel
->r_offset
,
7320 sec_size
- irel
->r_offset
, &uses_l32r
);
7321 /* Optimization of longcalls that use CONST16 is not yet implemented. */
7325 direct_call_opcode
= swap_callx_for_call_opcode (opcode
);
7326 if (direct_call_opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
7329 /* Check and see that the target resolves. */
7330 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
, sec_size
);
7331 if (!r_reloc_is_defined (&r_rel
))
7334 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&r_rel
);
7335 target_offset
= r_rel
.target_offset
;
7337 /* If the target is in a shared library, then it doesn't reach. This
7338 isn't supposed to come up because the compiler should never generate
7339 non-PIC calls on systems that use shared libraries, but the linker
7340 shouldn't crash regardless. */
7341 if (!target_sec
->output_section
)
7344 /* For relocatable sections, we can only simplify when the output
7345 section of the target is the same as the output section of the
7347 if (link_info
->relocatable
7348 && (target_sec
->output_section
!= sec
->output_section
7349 || is_reloc_sym_weak (abfd
, irel
)))
7352 if (target_sec
->output_section
!= sec
->output_section
)
7354 /* If the two sections are sufficiently far away that relaxation
7355 might take the call out of range, we can't simplify. For
7356 example, a positive displacement call into another memory
7357 could get moved to a lower address due to literal removal,
7358 but the destination won't move, and so the displacment might
7361 If the displacement is negative, assume the destination could
7362 move as far back as the start of the output section. The
7363 self_address will be at least as far into the output section
7364 as it is prior to relaxation.
7366 If the displacement is postive, assume the destination will be in
7367 it's pre-relaxed location (because relaxation only makes sections
7368 smaller). The self_address could go all the way to the beginning
7369 of the output section. */
7371 dest_address
= target_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
7372 self_address
= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
7374 if (sec
->output_section
->vma
> target_sec
->output_section
->vma
)
7375 self_address
+= sec
->output_offset
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 3;
7377 dest_address
+= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, target_sec
->output_section
);
7378 /* Call targets should be four-byte aligned. */
7379 dest_address
= (dest_address
+ 3) & ~3;
7384 self_address
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
7385 + sec
->output_offset
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 3);
7386 dest_address
= (target_sec
->output_section
->vma
7387 + target_sec
->output_offset
+ target_offset
);
7390 *is_reachable_p
= pcrel_reloc_fits (direct_call_opcode
, 0,
7391 self_address
, dest_address
);
7393 if ((self_address
>> CALL_SEGMENT_BITS
) !=
7394 (dest_address
>> CALL_SEGMENT_BITS
))
7401 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
7402 find_associated_l32r_irel (bfd
*abfd
,
7405 Elf_Internal_Rela
*other_irel
,
7406 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
7410 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
7412 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
7414 if (irel
== other_irel
)
7416 if (irel
->r_offset
!= other_irel
->r_offset
)
7418 if (is_l32r_relocation (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
))
7426 static xtensa_opcode
*
7427 build_reloc_opcodes (bfd
*abfd
,
7430 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
7433 xtensa_opcode
*reloc_opcodes
=
7434 (xtensa_opcode
*) bfd_malloc (sizeof (xtensa_opcode
) * sec
->reloc_count
);
7435 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
7437 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
7438 reloc_opcodes
[i
] = get_relocation_opcode (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
);
7440 return reloc_opcodes
;
7443 struct reloc_range_struct
7446 bfd_boolean add
; /* TRUE if start of a range, FALSE otherwise. */
7447 /* Original irel index in the array of relocations for a section. */
7448 unsigned irel_index
;
7450 typedef struct reloc_range_struct reloc_range
;
7452 typedef struct reloc_range_list_entry_struct reloc_range_list_entry
;
7453 struct reloc_range_list_entry_struct
7455 reloc_range_list_entry
*next
;
7456 reloc_range_list_entry
*prev
;
7457 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
7458 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
7462 struct reloc_range_list_struct
7464 /* The rest of the structure is only meaningful when ok is TRUE. */
7467 unsigned n_range
; /* Number of range markers. */
7468 reloc_range
*range
; /* Sorted range markers. */
7470 unsigned first
; /* Index of a first range element in the list. */
7471 unsigned last
; /* One past index of a last range element in the list. */
7473 unsigned n_list
; /* Number of list elements. */
7474 reloc_range_list_entry
*reloc
; /* */
7475 reloc_range_list_entry list_root
;
7479 reloc_range_compare (const void *a
, const void *b
)
7481 const reloc_range
*ra
= a
;
7482 const reloc_range
*rb
= b
;
7484 if (ra
->addr
!= rb
->addr
)
7485 return ra
->addr
< rb
->addr
? -1 : 1;
7486 if (ra
->add
!= rb
->add
)
7487 return ra
->add
? -1 : 1;
7492 build_reloc_ranges (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7494 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
7495 xtensa_opcode
*reloc_opcodes
,
7496 reloc_range_list
*list
)
7501 reloc_range
*ranges
= NULL
;
7502 reloc_range_list_entry
*reloc
=
7503 bfd_malloc (sec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*reloc
));
7505 memset (list
, 0, sizeof (*list
));
7508 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
7510 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
7511 int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
7512 reloc_howto_type
*howto
= &elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7515 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
7516 || r_type
== R_XTENSA_32_PCREL
7517 || !howto
->pc_relative
)
7520 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
,
7521 bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
));
7523 if (r_reloc_get_section (&r_rel
) != sec
)
7528 max_n
= (max_n
+ 2) * 2;
7529 ranges
= bfd_realloc (ranges
, max_n
* sizeof (*ranges
));
7532 ranges
[n
].addr
= irel
->r_offset
;
7533 ranges
[n
+ 1].addr
= r_rel
.target_offset
;
7535 ranges
[n
].add
= ranges
[n
].addr
< ranges
[n
+ 1].addr
;
7536 ranges
[n
+ 1].add
= !ranges
[n
].add
;
7538 ranges
[n
].irel_index
= i
;
7539 ranges
[n
+ 1].irel_index
= i
;
7543 reloc
[i
].irel
= irel
;
7545 /* Every relocation won't possibly be checked in the optimized version of
7546 check_section_ebb_pcrels_fit, so this needs to be done here. */
7547 if (is_alt_relocation (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
)))
7549 /* None of the current alternate relocs are PC-relative,
7550 and only PC-relative relocs matter here. */
7554 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
7558 opcode
= reloc_opcodes
[i
];
7560 opcode
= get_relocation_opcode (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
);
7562 if (opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
7568 opnum
= get_relocation_opnd (opcode
, ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
));
7569 if (opnum
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
7575 /* Record relocation opcode and opnum as we've calculated them
7576 anyway and they won't change. */
7577 reloc
[i
].opcode
= opcode
;
7578 reloc
[i
].opnum
= opnum
;
7584 ranges
= bfd_realloc (ranges
, n
* sizeof (*ranges
));
7585 qsort (ranges
, n
, sizeof (*ranges
), reloc_range_compare
);
7588 list
->range
= ranges
;
7589 list
->reloc
= reloc
;
7590 list
->list_root
.prev
= &list
->list_root
;
7591 list
->list_root
.next
= &list
->list_root
;
7600 static void reloc_range_list_append (reloc_range_list
*list
,
7601 unsigned irel_index
)
7603 reloc_range_list_entry
*entry
= list
->reloc
+ irel_index
;
7605 entry
->prev
= list
->list_root
.prev
;
7606 entry
->next
= &list
->list_root
;
7607 entry
->prev
->next
= entry
;
7608 entry
->next
->prev
= entry
;
7612 static void reloc_range_list_remove (reloc_range_list
*list
,
7613 unsigned irel_index
)
7615 reloc_range_list_entry
*entry
= list
->reloc
+ irel_index
;
7617 entry
->next
->prev
= entry
->prev
;
7618 entry
->prev
->next
= entry
->next
;
7622 /* Update relocation list object so that it lists all relocations that cross
7623 [first; last] range. Range bounds should not decrease with successive
7625 static void reloc_range_list_update_range (reloc_range_list
*list
,
7626 bfd_vma first
, bfd_vma last
)
7628 /* This should not happen: EBBs are iterated from lower addresses to higher.
7629 But even if that happens there's no need to break: just flush current list
7630 and start from scratch. */
7631 if ((list
->last
> 0 && list
->range
[list
->last
- 1].addr
> last
) ||
7632 (list
->first
> 0 && list
->range
[list
->first
- 1].addr
>= first
))
7637 list
->list_root
.next
= &list
->list_root
;
7638 list
->list_root
.prev
= &list
->list_root
;
7639 fprintf (stderr
, "%s: move backwards requested\n", __func__
);
7642 for (; list
->last
< list
->n_range
&&
7643 list
->range
[list
->last
].addr
<= last
; ++list
->last
)
7644 if (list
->range
[list
->last
].add
)
7645 reloc_range_list_append (list
, list
->range
[list
->last
].irel_index
);
7647 for (; list
->first
< list
->n_range
&&
7648 list
->range
[list
->first
].addr
< first
; ++list
->first
)
7649 if (!list
->range
[list
->first
].add
)
7650 reloc_range_list_remove (list
, list
->range
[list
->first
].irel_index
);
7653 static void free_reloc_range_list (reloc_range_list
*list
)
7659 /* The compute_text_actions function will build a list of potential
7660 transformation actions for code in the extended basic block of each
7661 longcall that is optimized to a direct call. From this list we
7662 generate a set of actions to actually perform that optimizes for
7663 space and, if not using size_opt, maintains branch target
7666 These actions to be performed are placed on a per-section list.
7667 The actual changes are performed by relax_section() in the second
7671 compute_text_actions (bfd
*abfd
,
7673 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7675 xtensa_opcode
*reloc_opcodes
= NULL
;
7676 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
7678 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7679 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
7681 property_table_entry
*prop_table
= 0;
7683 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
7684 reloc_range_list relevant_relocs
;
7686 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
7687 BFD_ASSERT (relax_info
);
7688 BFD_ASSERT (relax_info
->src_next
== relax_info
->src_count
);
7690 /* Do nothing if the section contains no optimized longcalls. */
7691 if (!relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
)
7694 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
,
7695 link_info
->keep_memory
);
7697 if (internal_relocs
)
7698 qsort (internal_relocs
, sec
->reloc_count
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
),
7699 internal_reloc_compare
);
7701 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
7702 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, link_info
->keep_memory
);
7703 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec_size
!= 0)
7709 ptblsize
= xtensa_read_table_entries (abfd
, sec
, &prop_table
,
7710 XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME
, FALSE
);
7717 /* Precompute the opcode for each relocation. */
7718 reloc_opcodes
= build_reloc_opcodes (abfd
, sec
, contents
, internal_relocs
);
7720 build_reloc_ranges (abfd
, sec
, contents
, internal_relocs
, reloc_opcodes
,
7723 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
7725 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
7727 property_table_entry
*the_entry
;
7730 ebb_constraint ebb_table
;
7731 bfd_size_type simplify_size
;
7733 if (irel
&& ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) != R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
)
7735 r_offset
= irel
->r_offset
;
7737 simplify_size
= get_asm_simplify_size (contents
, sec_size
, r_offset
);
7738 if (simplify_size
== 0)
7740 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7741 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): could not decode instruction for XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY relocation; possible configuration mismatch"),
7742 sec
->owner
, sec
, r_offset
);
7746 /* If the instruction table is not around, then don't do this
7748 the_entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (prop_table
, ptblsize
,
7749 sec
->vma
+ irel
->r_offset
);
7750 if (the_entry
== NULL
|| XTENSA_NO_NOP_REMOVAL
)
7752 text_action_add (&relax_info
->action_list
,
7753 ta_convert_longcall
, sec
, r_offset
,
7758 /* If the next longcall happens to be at the same address as an
7759 unreachable section of size 0, then skip forward. */
7760 ptbl_idx
= the_entry
- prop_table
;
7761 while ((the_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
)
7762 && the_entry
->size
== 0
7763 && ptbl_idx
+ 1 < ptblsize
7764 && (prop_table
[ptbl_idx
+ 1].address
7765 == prop_table
[ptbl_idx
].address
))
7771 if (the_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_NO_TRANSFORM
)
7772 /* NO_REORDER is OK */
7775 init_ebb_constraint (&ebb_table
);
7776 ebb
= &ebb_table
.ebb
;
7777 init_ebb (ebb
, sec
, contents
, sec_size
, prop_table
, ptblsize
,
7778 internal_relocs
, sec
->reloc_count
);
7779 ebb
->start_offset
= r_offset
+ simplify_size
;
7780 ebb
->end_offset
= r_offset
+ simplify_size
;
7781 ebb
->start_ptbl_idx
= ptbl_idx
;
7782 ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
= ptbl_idx
;
7783 ebb
->start_reloc_idx
= i
;
7784 ebb
->end_reloc_idx
= i
;
7786 if (!extend_ebb_bounds (ebb
)
7787 || !compute_ebb_proposed_actions (&ebb_table
)
7788 || !compute_ebb_actions (&ebb_table
)
7789 || !check_section_ebb_pcrels_fit (abfd
, sec
, contents
,
7792 &ebb_table
, reloc_opcodes
)
7793 || !check_section_ebb_reduces (&ebb_table
))
7795 /* If anything goes wrong or we get unlucky and something does
7796 not fit, with our plan because of expansion between
7797 critical branches, just convert to a NOP. */
7799 text_action_add (&relax_info
->action_list
,
7800 ta_convert_longcall
, sec
, r_offset
, 0);
7801 i
= ebb_table
.ebb
.end_reloc_idx
;
7802 free_ebb_constraint (&ebb_table
);
7806 text_action_add_proposed (&relax_info
->action_list
, &ebb_table
, sec
);
7808 /* Update the index so we do not go looking at the relocations
7809 we have already processed. */
7810 i
= ebb_table
.ebb
.end_reloc_idx
;
7811 free_ebb_constraint (&ebb_table
);
7814 free_reloc_range_list (&relevant_relocs
);
7817 if (action_list_count (&relax_info
->action_list
))
7818 print_action_list (stderr
, &relax_info
->action_list
);
7822 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
7823 release_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
7827 free (reloc_opcodes
);
7833 /* Do not widen an instruction if it is preceeded by a
7834 loop opcode. It might cause misalignment. */
7837 prev_instr_is_a_loop (bfd_byte
*contents
,
7838 bfd_size_type content_length
,
7839 bfd_size_type offset
)
7841 xtensa_opcode prev_opcode
;
7845 prev_opcode
= insn_decode_opcode (contents
, content_length
, offset
-3, 0);
7846 return (xtensa_opcode_is_loop (xtensa_default_isa
, prev_opcode
) == 1);
7850 /* Find all of the possible actions for an extended basic block. */
7853 compute_ebb_proposed_actions (ebb_constraint
*ebb_table
)
7855 const ebb_t
*ebb
= &ebb_table
->ebb
;
7856 unsigned rel_idx
= ebb
->start_reloc_idx
;
7857 property_table_entry
*entry
, *start_entry
, *end_entry
;
7859 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
7861 static xtensa_insnbuf insnbuf
= NULL
;
7862 static xtensa_insnbuf slotbuf
= NULL
;
7864 if (insnbuf
== NULL
)
7866 insnbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
7867 slotbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
7870 start_entry
= &ebb
->ptbl
[ebb
->start_ptbl_idx
];
7871 end_entry
= &ebb
->ptbl
[ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
];
7873 for (entry
= start_entry
; entry
<= end_entry
; entry
++)
7875 bfd_vma start_offset
, end_offset
;
7876 bfd_size_type insn_len
;
7878 start_offset
= entry
->address
- ebb
->sec
->vma
;
7879 end_offset
= entry
->address
+ entry
->size
- ebb
->sec
->vma
;
7881 if (entry
== start_entry
)
7882 start_offset
= ebb
->start_offset
;
7883 if (entry
== end_entry
)
7884 end_offset
= ebb
->end_offset
;
7885 offset
= start_offset
;
7887 if (offset
== entry
->address
- ebb
->sec
->vma
7888 && (entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN_BRANCH_TARGET
) != 0)
7890 enum ebb_target_enum align_type
= EBB_DESIRE_TGT_ALIGN
;
7891 BFD_ASSERT (offset
!= end_offset
);
7892 if (offset
== end_offset
)
7895 insn_len
= insn_decode_len (ebb
->contents
, ebb
->content_length
,
7900 if (check_branch_target_aligned_address (offset
, insn_len
))
7901 align_type
= EBB_REQUIRE_TGT_ALIGN
;
7903 ebb_propose_action (ebb_table
, align_type
, 0,
7904 ta_none
, offset
, 0, TRUE
);
7907 while (offset
!= end_offset
)
7909 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
7910 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
7912 while (rel_idx
< ebb
->end_reloc_idx
7913 && (ebb
->relocs
[rel_idx
].r_offset
< offset
7914 || (ebb
->relocs
[rel_idx
].r_offset
== offset
7915 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (ebb
->relocs
[rel_idx
].r_info
)
7916 != R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
))))
7919 /* Check for longcall. */
7920 irel
= &ebb
->relocs
[rel_idx
];
7921 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
7922 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
)
7924 bfd_size_type simplify_size
;
7926 simplify_size
= get_asm_simplify_size (ebb
->contents
,
7927 ebb
->content_length
,
7929 if (simplify_size
== 0)
7932 ebb_propose_action (ebb_table
, EBB_NO_ALIGN
, 0,
7933 ta_convert_longcall
, offset
, 0, TRUE
);
7935 offset
+= simplify_size
;
7939 if (offset
+ MIN_INSN_LENGTH
> ebb
->content_length
)
7941 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, &ebb
->contents
[offset
],
7942 ebb
->content_length
- offset
);
7943 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, insnbuf
);
7944 if (fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
7946 insn_len
= xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
);
7947 if (insn_len
== (bfd_size_type
) XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
7950 if (xtensa_format_num_slots (isa
, fmt
) != 1)
7956 xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, 0, insnbuf
, slotbuf
);
7957 opcode
= xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, 0, slotbuf
);
7958 if (opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
7961 if ((entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_DENSITY
) == 0
7962 && (entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_NO_TRANSFORM
) == 0
7963 && can_narrow_instruction (slotbuf
, fmt
, opcode
) != 0)
7965 /* Add an instruction narrow action. */
7966 ebb_propose_action (ebb_table
, EBB_NO_ALIGN
, 0,
7967 ta_narrow_insn
, offset
, 0, FALSE
);
7969 else if ((entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_NO_TRANSFORM
) == 0
7970 && can_widen_instruction (slotbuf
, fmt
, opcode
) != 0
7971 && ! prev_instr_is_a_loop (ebb
->contents
,
7972 ebb
->content_length
, offset
))
7974 /* Add an instruction widen action. */
7975 ebb_propose_action (ebb_table
, EBB_NO_ALIGN
, 0,
7976 ta_widen_insn
, offset
, 0, FALSE
);
7978 else if (xtensa_opcode_is_loop (xtensa_default_isa
, opcode
) == 1)
7980 /* Check for branch targets. */
7981 ebb_propose_action (ebb_table
, EBB_REQUIRE_LOOP_ALIGN
, 0,
7982 ta_none
, offset
, 0, TRUE
);
7989 if (ebb
->ends_unreachable
)
7991 ebb_propose_action (ebb_table
, EBB_NO_ALIGN
, 0,
7992 ta_fill
, ebb
->end_offset
, 0, TRUE
);
7998 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7999 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): could not decode instruction; possible configuration mismatch"),
8000 ebb
->sec
->owner
, ebb
->sec
, offset
);
8005 /* After all of the information has collected about the
8006 transformations possible in an EBB, compute the appropriate actions
8007 here in compute_ebb_actions. We still must check later to make
8008 sure that the actions do not break any relocations. The algorithm
8009 used here is pretty greedy. Basically, it removes as many no-ops
8010 as possible so that the end of the EBB has the same alignment
8011 characteristics as the original. First, it uses narrowing, then
8012 fill space at the end of the EBB, and finally widenings. If that
8013 does not work, it tries again with one fewer no-op removed. The
8014 optimization will only be performed if all of the branch targets
8015 that were aligned before transformation are also aligned after the
8018 When the size_opt flag is set, ignore the branch target alignments,
8019 narrow all wide instructions, and remove all no-ops unless the end
8020 of the EBB prevents it. */
8023 compute_ebb_actions (ebb_constraint
*ebb_table
)
8027 int removed_bytes
= 0;
8028 ebb_t
*ebb
= &ebb_table
->ebb
;
8029 unsigned seg_idx_start
= 0;
8030 unsigned seg_idx_end
= 0;
8032 /* We perform this like the assembler relaxation algorithm: Start by
8033 assuming all instructions are narrow and all no-ops removed; then
8036 /* For each segment of this that has a solid constraint, check to
8037 see if there are any combinations that will keep the constraint.
8039 for (seg_idx_end
= 0; seg_idx_end
< ebb_table
->action_count
; seg_idx_end
++)
8041 bfd_boolean requires_text_end_align
= FALSE
;
8042 unsigned longcall_count
= 0;
8043 unsigned longcall_convert_count
= 0;
8044 unsigned narrowable_count
= 0;
8045 unsigned narrowable_convert_count
= 0;
8046 unsigned widenable_count
= 0;
8047 unsigned widenable_convert_count
= 0;
8049 proposed_action
*action
= NULL
;
8050 int align
= (1 << ebb_table
->ebb
.sec
->alignment_power
);
8052 seg_idx_start
= seg_idx_end
;
8054 for (i
= seg_idx_start
; i
< ebb_table
->action_count
; i
++)
8056 action
= &ebb_table
->actions
[i
];
8057 if (action
->action
== ta_convert_longcall
)
8059 if (action
->action
== ta_narrow_insn
)
8061 if (action
->action
== ta_widen_insn
)
8063 if (action
->action
== ta_fill
)
8065 if (action
->align_type
== EBB_REQUIRE_LOOP_ALIGN
)
8067 if (action
->align_type
== EBB_REQUIRE_TGT_ALIGN
8068 && !elf32xtensa_size_opt
)
8073 if (seg_idx_end
== ebb_table
->action_count
&& !ebb
->ends_unreachable
)
8074 requires_text_end_align
= TRUE
;
8076 if (elf32xtensa_size_opt
&& !requires_text_end_align
8077 && action
->align_type
!= EBB_REQUIRE_LOOP_ALIGN
8078 && action
->align_type
!= EBB_REQUIRE_TGT_ALIGN
)
8080 longcall_convert_count
= longcall_count
;
8081 narrowable_convert_count
= narrowable_count
;
8082 widenable_convert_count
= 0;
8086 /* There is a constraint. Convert the max number of longcalls. */
8087 narrowable_convert_count
= 0;
8088 longcall_convert_count
= 0;
8089 widenable_convert_count
= 0;
8091 for (j
= 0; j
< longcall_count
; j
++)
8093 int removed
= (longcall_count
- j
) * 3 & (align
- 1);
8094 unsigned desire_narrow
= (align
- removed
) & (align
- 1);
8095 unsigned desire_widen
= removed
;
8096 if (desire_narrow
<= narrowable_count
)
8098 narrowable_convert_count
= desire_narrow
;
8099 narrowable_convert_count
+=
8100 (align
* ((narrowable_count
- narrowable_convert_count
)
8102 longcall_convert_count
= (longcall_count
- j
);
8103 widenable_convert_count
= 0;
8106 if (desire_widen
<= widenable_count
&& !elf32xtensa_size_opt
)
8108 narrowable_convert_count
= 0;
8109 longcall_convert_count
= longcall_count
- j
;
8110 widenable_convert_count
= desire_widen
;
8116 /* Now the number of conversions are saved. Do them. */
8117 for (i
= seg_idx_start
; i
< seg_idx_end
; i
++)
8119 action
= &ebb_table
->actions
[i
];
8120 switch (action
->action
)
8122 case ta_convert_longcall
:
8123 if (longcall_convert_count
!= 0)
8125 action
->action
= ta_remove_longcall
;
8126 action
->do_action
= TRUE
;
8127 action
->removed_bytes
+= 3;
8128 longcall_convert_count
--;
8131 case ta_narrow_insn
:
8132 if (narrowable_convert_count
!= 0)
8134 action
->do_action
= TRUE
;
8135 action
->removed_bytes
+= 1;
8136 narrowable_convert_count
--;
8140 if (widenable_convert_count
!= 0)
8142 action
->do_action
= TRUE
;
8143 action
->removed_bytes
-= 1;
8144 widenable_convert_count
--;
8153 /* Now we move on to some local opts. Try to remove each of the
8154 remaining longcalls. */
8156 if (ebb_table
->ebb
.ends_section
|| ebb_table
->ebb
.ends_unreachable
)
8159 for (i
= 0; i
< ebb_table
->action_count
; i
++)
8161 int old_removed_bytes
= removed_bytes
;
8162 proposed_action
*action
= &ebb_table
->actions
[i
];
8164 if (action
->do_action
&& action
->action
== ta_convert_longcall
)
8166 bfd_boolean bad_alignment
= FALSE
;
8168 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ebb_table
->action_count
; j
++)
8170 proposed_action
*new_action
= &ebb_table
->actions
[j
];
8171 bfd_vma offset
= new_action
->offset
;
8172 if (new_action
->align_type
== EBB_REQUIRE_TGT_ALIGN
)
8174 if (!check_branch_target_aligned
8175 (ebb_table
->ebb
.contents
,
8176 ebb_table
->ebb
.content_length
,
8177 offset
, offset
- removed_bytes
))
8179 bad_alignment
= TRUE
;
8183 if (new_action
->align_type
== EBB_REQUIRE_LOOP_ALIGN
)
8185 if (!check_loop_aligned (ebb_table
->ebb
.contents
,
8186 ebb_table
->ebb
.content_length
,
8188 offset
- removed_bytes
))
8190 bad_alignment
= TRUE
;
8194 if (new_action
->action
== ta_narrow_insn
8195 && !new_action
->do_action
8196 && ebb_table
->ebb
.sec
->alignment_power
== 2)
8198 /* Narrow an instruction and we are done. */
8199 new_action
->do_action
= TRUE
;
8200 new_action
->removed_bytes
+= 1;
8201 bad_alignment
= FALSE
;
8204 if (new_action
->action
== ta_widen_insn
8205 && new_action
->do_action
8206 && ebb_table
->ebb
.sec
->alignment_power
== 2)
8208 /* Narrow an instruction and we are done. */
8209 new_action
->do_action
= FALSE
;
8210 new_action
->removed_bytes
+= 1;
8211 bad_alignment
= FALSE
;
8214 if (new_action
->do_action
)
8215 removed_bytes
+= new_action
->removed_bytes
;
8219 action
->removed_bytes
+= 3;
8220 action
->action
= ta_remove_longcall
;
8221 action
->do_action
= TRUE
;
8224 removed_bytes
= old_removed_bytes
;
8225 if (action
->do_action
)
8226 removed_bytes
+= action
->removed_bytes
;
8231 for (i
= 0; i
< ebb_table
->action_count
; ++i
)
8233 proposed_action
*action
= &ebb_table
->actions
[i
];
8234 if (action
->do_action
)
8235 removed_bytes
+= action
->removed_bytes
;
8238 if ((removed_bytes
% (1 << ebb_table
->ebb
.sec
->alignment_power
)) != 0
8239 && ebb
->ends_unreachable
)
8241 proposed_action
*action
;
8245 BFD_ASSERT (ebb_table
->action_count
!= 0);
8246 action
= &ebb_table
->actions
[ebb_table
->action_count
- 1];
8247 BFD_ASSERT (action
->action
== ta_fill
);
8248 BFD_ASSERT (ebb
->ends_unreachable
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
);
8250 extra_space
= compute_fill_extra_space (ebb
->ends_unreachable
);
8251 br
= action
->removed_bytes
+ removed_bytes
+ extra_space
;
8252 br
= br
& ((1 << ebb
->sec
->alignment_power
) - 1);
8254 action
->removed_bytes
= extra_space
- br
;
8260 /* The xlate_map is a sorted array of address mappings designed to
8261 answer the offset_with_removed_text() query with a binary search instead
8262 of a linear search through the section's action_list. */
8264 typedef struct xlate_map_entry xlate_map_entry_t
;
8265 typedef struct xlate_map xlate_map_t
;
8267 struct xlate_map_entry
8269 unsigned orig_address
;
8270 unsigned new_address
;
8276 unsigned entry_count
;
8277 xlate_map_entry_t
*entry
;
8282 xlate_compare (const void *a_v
, const void *b_v
)
8284 const xlate_map_entry_t
*a
= (const xlate_map_entry_t
*) a_v
;
8285 const xlate_map_entry_t
*b
= (const xlate_map_entry_t
*) b_v
;
8286 if (a
->orig_address
< b
->orig_address
)
8288 if (a
->orig_address
> (b
->orig_address
+ b
->size
- 1))
8295 xlate_offset_with_removed_text (const xlate_map_t
*map
,
8296 text_action_list
*action_list
,
8300 xlate_map_entry_t
*e
;
8303 return offset_with_removed_text (action_list
, offset
);
8305 if (map
->entry_count
== 0)
8308 r
= bsearch (&offset
, map
->entry
, map
->entry_count
,
8309 sizeof (xlate_map_entry_t
), &xlate_compare
);
8310 e
= (xlate_map_entry_t
*) r
;
8312 BFD_ASSERT (e
!= NULL
);
8315 return e
->new_address
- e
->orig_address
+ offset
;
8318 typedef struct xlate_map_context_struct xlate_map_context
;
8319 struct xlate_map_context_struct
8322 xlate_map_entry_t
*current_entry
;
8327 xlate_map_fn (splay_tree_node node
, void *p
)
8329 text_action
*r
= (text_action
*)node
->value
;
8330 xlate_map_context
*ctx
= p
;
8331 unsigned orig_size
= 0;
8336 case ta_remove_insn
:
8337 case ta_convert_longcall
:
8338 case ta_remove_literal
:
8339 case ta_add_literal
:
8341 case ta_remove_longcall
:
8344 case ta_narrow_insn
:
8353 ctx
->current_entry
->size
=
8354 r
->offset
+ orig_size
- ctx
->current_entry
->orig_address
;
8355 if (ctx
->current_entry
->size
!= 0)
8357 ctx
->current_entry
++;
8358 ctx
->map
->entry_count
++;
8360 ctx
->current_entry
->orig_address
= r
->offset
+ orig_size
;
8361 ctx
->removed
+= r
->removed_bytes
;
8362 ctx
->current_entry
->new_address
= r
->offset
+ orig_size
- ctx
->removed
;
8363 ctx
->current_entry
->size
= 0;
8367 /* Build a binary searchable offset translation map from a section's
8370 static xlate_map_t
*
8371 build_xlate_map (asection
*sec
, xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
)
8373 text_action_list
*action_list
= &relax_info
->action_list
;
8374 unsigned num_actions
= 0;
8375 xlate_map_context ctx
;
8377 ctx
.map
= (xlate_map_t
*) bfd_malloc (sizeof (xlate_map_t
));
8379 if (ctx
.map
== NULL
)
8382 num_actions
= action_list_count (action_list
);
8383 ctx
.map
->entry
= (xlate_map_entry_t
*)
8384 bfd_malloc (sizeof (xlate_map_entry_t
) * (num_actions
+ 1));
8385 if (ctx
.map
->entry
== NULL
)
8390 ctx
.map
->entry_count
= 0;
8393 ctx
.current_entry
= &ctx
.map
->entry
[0];
8395 ctx
.current_entry
->orig_address
= 0;
8396 ctx
.current_entry
->new_address
= 0;
8397 ctx
.current_entry
->size
= 0;
8399 splay_tree_foreach (action_list
->tree
, xlate_map_fn
, &ctx
);
8401 ctx
.current_entry
->size
= (bfd_get_section_limit (sec
->owner
, sec
)
8402 - ctx
.current_entry
->orig_address
);
8403 if (ctx
.current_entry
->size
!= 0)
8404 ctx
.map
->entry_count
++;
8410 /* Free an offset translation map. */
8413 free_xlate_map (xlate_map_t
*map
)
8415 if (map
&& map
->entry
)
8422 /* Use check_section_ebb_pcrels_fit to make sure that all of the
8423 relocations in a section will fit if a proposed set of actions
8427 check_section_ebb_pcrels_fit (bfd
*abfd
,
8430 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
8431 reloc_range_list
*relevant_relocs
,
8432 const ebb_constraint
*constraint
,
8433 const xtensa_opcode
*reloc_opcodes
)
8436 unsigned n
= sec
->reloc_count
;
8437 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
8438 xlate_map_t
*xmap
= NULL
;
8439 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
8440 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
8441 reloc_range_list_entry
*entry
= NULL
;
8443 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
8445 if (relax_info
&& sec
->reloc_count
> 100)
8447 xmap
= build_xlate_map (sec
, relax_info
);
8448 /* NULL indicates out of memory, but the slow version
8449 can still be used. */
8452 if (relevant_relocs
&& constraint
->action_count
)
8454 if (!relevant_relocs
->ok
)
8461 bfd_vma min_offset
, max_offset
;
8462 min_offset
= max_offset
= constraint
->actions
[0].offset
;
8464 for (i
= 1; i
< constraint
->action_count
; ++i
)
8466 proposed_action
*action
= &constraint
->actions
[i
];
8467 bfd_vma offset
= action
->offset
;
8469 if (offset
< min_offset
)
8470 min_offset
= offset
;
8471 if (offset
> max_offset
)
8472 max_offset
= offset
;
8474 reloc_range_list_update_range (relevant_relocs
, min_offset
,
8476 n
= relevant_relocs
->n_list
;
8477 entry
= &relevant_relocs
->list_root
;
8482 relevant_relocs
= NULL
;
8485 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; i
++)
8488 bfd_vma orig_self_offset
, orig_target_offset
;
8489 bfd_vma self_offset
, target_offset
;
8491 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8492 int self_removed_bytes
, target_removed_bytes
;
8494 if (relevant_relocs
)
8496 entry
= entry
->next
;
8501 irel
= internal_relocs
+ i
;
8503 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
8505 howto
= &elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8506 /* We maintain the required invariant: PC-relative relocations
8507 that fit before linking must fit after linking. Thus we only
8508 need to deal with relocations to the same section that are
8510 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
8511 || r_type
== R_XTENSA_32_PCREL
8512 || !howto
->pc_relative
)
8515 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
,
8516 bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
));
8518 if (r_reloc_get_section (&r_rel
) != sec
)
8521 orig_self_offset
= irel
->r_offset
;
8522 orig_target_offset
= r_rel
.target_offset
;
8524 self_offset
= orig_self_offset
;
8525 target_offset
= orig_target_offset
;
8530 xlate_offset_with_removed_text (xmap
, &relax_info
->action_list
,
8533 xlate_offset_with_removed_text (xmap
, &relax_info
->action_list
,
8534 orig_target_offset
);
8537 self_removed_bytes
= 0;
8538 target_removed_bytes
= 0;
8540 for (j
= 0; j
< constraint
->action_count
; ++j
)
8542 proposed_action
*action
= &constraint
->actions
[j
];
8543 bfd_vma offset
= action
->offset
;
8544 int removed_bytes
= action
->removed_bytes
;
8545 if (offset
< orig_self_offset
8546 || (offset
== orig_self_offset
&& action
->action
== ta_fill
8547 && action
->removed_bytes
< 0))
8548 self_removed_bytes
+= removed_bytes
;
8549 if (offset
< orig_target_offset
8550 || (offset
== orig_target_offset
&& action
->action
== ta_fill
8551 && action
->removed_bytes
< 0))
8552 target_removed_bytes
+= removed_bytes
;
8554 self_offset
-= self_removed_bytes
;
8555 target_offset
-= target_removed_bytes
;
8557 /* Try to encode it. Get the operand and check. */
8558 if (is_alt_relocation (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
)))
8560 /* None of the current alternate relocs are PC-relative,
8561 and only PC-relative relocs matter here. */
8565 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
8568 if (relevant_relocs
)
8570 opcode
= entry
->opcode
;
8571 opnum
= entry
->opnum
;
8576 opcode
= reloc_opcodes
[relevant_relocs
?
8577 (unsigned)(entry
- relevant_relocs
->reloc
) : i
];
8579 opcode
= get_relocation_opcode (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
);
8580 if (opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
8586 opnum
= get_relocation_opnd (opcode
, ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
));
8587 if (opnum
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
8594 if (!pcrel_reloc_fits (opcode
, opnum
, self_offset
, target_offset
))
8603 free_xlate_map (xmap
);
8610 check_section_ebb_reduces (const ebb_constraint
*constraint
)
8615 for (i
= 0; i
< constraint
->action_count
; i
++)
8617 const proposed_action
*action
= &constraint
->actions
[i
];
8618 if (action
->do_action
)
8619 removed
+= action
->removed_bytes
;
8629 text_action_add_proposed (text_action_list
*l
,
8630 const ebb_constraint
*ebb_table
,
8635 for (i
= 0; i
< ebb_table
->action_count
; i
++)
8637 proposed_action
*action
= &ebb_table
->actions
[i
];
8639 if (!action
->do_action
)
8641 switch (action
->action
)
8643 case ta_remove_insn
:
8644 case ta_remove_longcall
:
8645 case ta_convert_longcall
:
8646 case ta_narrow_insn
:
8649 case ta_remove_literal
:
8650 text_action_add (l
, action
->action
, sec
, action
->offset
,
8651 action
->removed_bytes
);
8664 compute_fill_extra_space (property_table_entry
*entry
)
8666 int fill_extra_space
;
8671 if ((entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
) == 0)
8674 fill_extra_space
= entry
->size
;
8675 if ((entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
) != 0)
8677 /* Fill bytes for alignment:
8678 (2**n)-1 - (addr + (2**n)-1) & (2**n -1) */
8679 int pow
= GET_XTENSA_PROP_ALIGNMENT (entry
->flags
);
8680 int nsm
= (1 << pow
) - 1;
8681 bfd_vma addr
= entry
->address
+ entry
->size
;
8682 bfd_vma align_fill
= nsm
- ((addr
+ nsm
) & nsm
);
8683 fill_extra_space
+= align_fill
;
8685 return fill_extra_space
;
8689 /* First relaxation pass. */
8691 /* If the section contains relaxable literals, check each literal to
8692 see if it has the same value as another literal that has already
8693 been seen, either in the current section or a previous one. If so,
8694 add an entry to the per-section list of removed literals. The
8695 actual changes are deferred until the next pass. */
8698 compute_removed_literals (bfd
*abfd
,
8700 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8701 value_map_hash_table
*values
)
8703 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
8705 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8706 source_reloc
*src_relocs
, *rel
;
8707 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
8708 property_table_entry
*prop_table
= NULL
;
8711 bfd_boolean last_loc_is_prev
= FALSE
;
8712 bfd_vma last_target_offset
= 0;
8713 section_cache_t target_sec_cache
;
8714 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
8716 init_section_cache (&target_sec_cache
);
8718 /* Do nothing if it is not a relaxable literal section. */
8719 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
8720 BFD_ASSERT (relax_info
);
8721 if (!relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
)
8724 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
,
8725 link_info
->keep_memory
);
8727 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
8728 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, link_info
->keep_memory
);
8729 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec_size
!= 0)
8735 /* Sort the source_relocs by target offset. */
8736 src_relocs
= relax_info
->src_relocs
;
8737 qsort (src_relocs
, relax_info
->src_count
,
8738 sizeof (source_reloc
), source_reloc_compare
);
8739 qsort (internal_relocs
, sec
->reloc_count
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
),
8740 internal_reloc_compare
);
8742 ptblsize
= xtensa_read_table_entries (abfd
, sec
, &prop_table
,
8743 XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME
, FALSE
);
8751 for (i
= 0; i
< relax_info
->src_count
; i
++)
8753 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
= NULL
;
8755 rel
= &src_relocs
[i
];
8756 if (get_l32r_opcode () != rel
->opcode
)
8758 irel
= get_irel_at_offset (sec
, internal_relocs
,
8759 rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
);
8761 /* If the relocation on this is not a simple R_XTENSA_32 or
8762 R_XTENSA_PLT then do not consider it. This may happen when
8763 the difference of two symbols is used in a literal. */
8764 if (irel
&& (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) != R_XTENSA_32
8765 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) != R_XTENSA_PLT
))
8768 /* If the target_offset for this relocation is the same as the
8769 previous relocation, then we've already considered whether the
8770 literal can be coalesced. Skip to the next one.... */
8771 if (i
!= 0 && prev_i
!= -1
8772 && src_relocs
[i
-1].r_rel
.target_offset
== rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
)
8776 if (last_loc_is_prev
&&
8777 last_target_offset
+ 4 != rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
)
8778 last_loc_is_prev
= FALSE
;
8780 /* Check if the relocation was from an L32R that is being removed
8781 because a CALLX was converted to a direct CALL, and check if
8782 there are no other relocations to the literal. */
8783 if (is_removable_literal (rel
, i
, src_relocs
, relax_info
->src_count
,
8784 sec
, prop_table
, ptblsize
))
8786 if (!remove_dead_literal (abfd
, sec
, link_info
, internal_relocs
,
8787 irel
, rel
, prop_table
, ptblsize
))
8792 last_target_offset
= rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
;
8796 if (!identify_literal_placement (abfd
, sec
, contents
, link_info
,
8798 &last_loc_is_prev
, irel
,
8799 relax_info
->src_count
- i
, rel
,
8800 prop_table
, ptblsize
,
8801 &target_sec_cache
, rel
->is_abs_literal
))
8806 last_target_offset
= rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
;
8810 print_removed_literals (stderr
, &relax_info
->removed_list
);
8811 print_action_list (stderr
, &relax_info
->action_list
);
8817 free_section_cache (&target_sec_cache
);
8819 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
8820 release_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
8825 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
8826 get_irel_at_offset (asection
*sec
,
8827 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
8831 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
8833 Elf_Internal_Rela key
;
8835 if (!internal_relocs
)
8838 key
.r_offset
= offset
;
8839 irel
= bsearch (&key
, internal_relocs
, sec
->reloc_count
,
8840 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
), internal_reloc_matches
);
8844 /* bsearch does not guarantee which will be returned if there are
8845 multiple matches. We need the first that is not an alignment. */
8846 i
= irel
- internal_relocs
;
8849 if (internal_relocs
[i
-1].r_offset
!= offset
)
8853 for ( ; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8855 irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
8856 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
8857 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
&& r_type
!= R_XTENSA_NONE
)
8866 is_removable_literal (const source_reloc
*rel
,
8868 const source_reloc
*src_relocs
,
8871 property_table_entry
*prop_table
,
8874 const source_reloc
*curr_rel
;
8875 property_table_entry
*entry
;
8880 entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (prop_table
, ptblsize
,
8881 sec
->vma
+ rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
);
8882 if (entry
&& (entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_NO_TRANSFORM
))
8885 for (++i
; i
< src_count
; ++i
)
8887 curr_rel
= &src_relocs
[i
];
8888 /* If all others have the same target offset.... */
8889 if (curr_rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
!= rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
)
8892 if (!curr_rel
->is_null
8893 && !xtensa_is_property_section (curr_rel
->source_sec
)
8894 && !(curr_rel
->source_sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
8902 remove_dead_literal (bfd
*abfd
,
8904 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8905 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
8906 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
,
8908 property_table_entry
*prop_table
,
8911 property_table_entry
*entry
;
8912 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
8914 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
8918 entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (prop_table
, ptblsize
,
8919 sec
->vma
+ rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
);
8921 /* Mark the unused literal so that it will be removed. */
8922 add_removed_literal (&relax_info
->removed_list
, &rel
->r_rel
, NULL
);
8924 text_action_add (&relax_info
->action_list
,
8925 ta_remove_literal
, sec
, rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
, 4);
8927 /* If the section is 4-byte aligned, do not add fill. */
8928 if (sec
->alignment_power
> 2)
8930 int fill_extra_space
;
8931 bfd_vma entry_sec_offset
;
8933 property_table_entry
*the_add_entry
;
8937 entry_sec_offset
= entry
->address
- sec
->vma
+ entry
->size
;
8939 entry_sec_offset
= rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
+ 4;
8941 /* If the literal range is at the end of the section,
8943 the_add_entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (prop_table
, ptblsize
,
8945 fill_extra_space
= compute_fill_extra_space (the_add_entry
);
8947 fa
= find_fill_action (&relax_info
->action_list
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
);
8948 removed_diff
= compute_removed_action_diff (fa
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
,
8949 -4, fill_extra_space
);
8951 adjust_fill_action (fa
, removed_diff
);
8953 text_action_add (&relax_info
->action_list
,
8954 ta_fill
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
, removed_diff
);
8957 /* Zero out the relocation on this literal location. */
8960 if (elf_hash_table (link_info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8961 shrink_dynamic_reloc_sections (link_info
, abfd
, sec
, irel
);
8963 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_XTENSA_NONE
);
8964 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
8967 /* Do not modify "last_loc_is_prev". */
8973 identify_literal_placement (bfd
*abfd
,
8976 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8977 value_map_hash_table
*values
,
8978 bfd_boolean
*last_loc_is_prev_p
,
8979 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
,
8980 int remaining_src_rels
,
8982 property_table_entry
*prop_table
,
8984 section_cache_t
*target_sec_cache
,
8985 bfd_boolean is_abs_literal
)
8989 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
8990 bfd_boolean literal_placed
= FALSE
;
8992 unsigned long value
;
8993 bfd_boolean final_static_link
;
8994 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
8996 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
9000 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
9003 (!link_info
->relocatable
9004 && !elf_hash_table (link_info
)->dynamic_sections_created
);
9006 /* The placement algorithm first checks to see if the literal is
9007 already in the value map. If so and the value map is reachable
9008 from all uses, then the literal is moved to that location. If
9009 not, then we identify the last location where a fresh literal was
9010 placed. If the literal can be safely moved there, then we do so.
9011 If not, then we assume that the literal is not to move and leave
9012 the literal where it is, marking it as the last literal
9015 /* Find the literal value. */
9017 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
, sec_size
);
9020 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
< sec_size
);
9021 value
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
);
9023 init_literal_value (&val
, &r_rel
, value
, is_abs_literal
);
9025 /* Check if we've seen another literal with the same value that
9026 is in the same output section. */
9027 val_map
= value_map_get_cached_value (values
, &val
, final_static_link
);
9030 && (r_reloc_get_section (&val_map
->loc
)->output_section
9031 == sec
->output_section
)
9032 && relocations_reach (rel
, remaining_src_rels
, &val_map
->loc
)
9033 && coalesce_shared_literal (sec
, rel
, prop_table
, ptblsize
, val_map
))
9035 /* No change to last_loc_is_prev. */
9036 literal_placed
= TRUE
;
9039 /* For relocatable links, do not try to move literals. To do it
9040 correctly might increase the number of relocations in an input
9041 section making the default relocatable linking fail. */
9042 if (!link_info
->relocatable
&& !literal_placed
9043 && values
->has_last_loc
&& !(*last_loc_is_prev_p
))
9045 asection
*target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&values
->last_loc
);
9046 if (target_sec
&& target_sec
->output_section
== sec
->output_section
)
9048 /* Increment the virtual offset. */
9049 r_reloc try_loc
= values
->last_loc
;
9050 try_loc
.virtual_offset
+= 4;
9052 /* There is a last loc that was in the same output section. */
9053 if (relocations_reach (rel
, remaining_src_rels
, &try_loc
)
9054 && move_shared_literal (sec
, link_info
, rel
,
9055 prop_table
, ptblsize
,
9056 &try_loc
, &val
, target_sec_cache
))
9058 values
->last_loc
.virtual_offset
+= 4;
9059 literal_placed
= TRUE
;
9061 val_map
= add_value_map (values
, &val
, &try_loc
,
9064 val_map
->loc
= try_loc
;
9069 if (!literal_placed
)
9071 /* Nothing worked, leave the literal alone but update the last loc. */
9072 values
->has_last_loc
= TRUE
;
9073 values
->last_loc
= rel
->r_rel
;
9075 val_map
= add_value_map (values
, &val
, &rel
->r_rel
, final_static_link
);
9077 val_map
->loc
= rel
->r_rel
;
9078 *last_loc_is_prev_p
= TRUE
;
9085 /* Check if the original relocations (presumably on L32R instructions)
9086 identified by reloc[0..N] can be changed to reference the literal
9087 identified by r_rel. If r_rel is out of range for any of the
9088 original relocations, then we don't want to coalesce the original
9089 literal with the one at r_rel. We only check reloc[0..N], where the
9090 offsets are all the same as for reloc[0] (i.e., they're all
9091 referencing the same literal) and where N is also bounded by the
9092 number of remaining entries in the "reloc" array. The "reloc" array
9093 is sorted by target offset so we know all the entries for the same
9094 literal will be contiguous. */
9097 relocations_reach (source_reloc
*reloc
,
9098 int remaining_relocs
,
9099 const r_reloc
*r_rel
)
9101 bfd_vma from_offset
, source_address
, dest_address
;
9105 if (!r_reloc_is_defined (r_rel
))
9108 sec
= r_reloc_get_section (r_rel
);
9109 from_offset
= reloc
[0].r_rel
.target_offset
;
9111 for (i
= 0; i
< remaining_relocs
; i
++)
9113 if (reloc
[i
].r_rel
.target_offset
!= from_offset
)
9116 /* Ignore relocations that have been removed. */
9117 if (reloc
[i
].is_null
)
9120 /* The original and new output section for these must be the same
9121 in order to coalesce. */
9122 if (r_reloc_get_section (&reloc
[i
].r_rel
)->output_section
9123 != sec
->output_section
)
9126 /* Absolute literals in the same output section can always be
9128 if (reloc
[i
].is_abs_literal
)
9131 /* A literal with no PC-relative relocations can be moved anywhere. */
9132 if (reloc
[i
].opnd
!= -1)
9134 /* Otherwise, check to see that it fits. */
9135 source_address
= (reloc
[i
].source_sec
->output_section
->vma
9136 + reloc
[i
].source_sec
->output_offset
9137 + reloc
[i
].r_rel
.rela
.r_offset
);
9138 dest_address
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
9139 + sec
->output_offset
9140 + r_rel
->target_offset
);
9142 if (!pcrel_reloc_fits (reloc
[i
].opcode
, reloc
[i
].opnd
,
9143 source_address
, dest_address
))
9152 /* Move a literal to another literal location because it is
9153 the same as the other literal value. */
9156 coalesce_shared_literal (asection
*sec
,
9158 property_table_entry
*prop_table
,
9162 property_table_entry
*entry
;
9164 property_table_entry
*the_add_entry
;
9166 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
9168 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
9172 entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry
9173 (prop_table
, ptblsize
, sec
->vma
+ rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
);
9174 if (entry
&& (entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_NO_TRANSFORM
))
9177 /* Mark that the literal will be coalesced. */
9178 add_removed_literal (&relax_info
->removed_list
, &rel
->r_rel
, &val_map
->loc
);
9180 text_action_add (&relax_info
->action_list
,
9181 ta_remove_literal
, sec
, rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
, 4);
9183 /* If the section is 4-byte aligned, do not add fill. */
9184 if (sec
->alignment_power
> 2)
9186 int fill_extra_space
;
9187 bfd_vma entry_sec_offset
;
9190 entry_sec_offset
= entry
->address
- sec
->vma
+ entry
->size
;
9192 entry_sec_offset
= rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
+ 4;
9194 /* If the literal range is at the end of the section,
9196 fill_extra_space
= 0;
9197 the_add_entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (prop_table
, ptblsize
,
9199 if (the_add_entry
&& (the_add_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
))
9200 fill_extra_space
= the_add_entry
->size
;
9202 fa
= find_fill_action (&relax_info
->action_list
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
);
9203 removed_diff
= compute_removed_action_diff (fa
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
,
9204 -4, fill_extra_space
);
9206 adjust_fill_action (fa
, removed_diff
);
9208 text_action_add (&relax_info
->action_list
,
9209 ta_fill
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
, removed_diff
);
9216 /* Move a literal to another location. This may actually increase the
9217 total amount of space used because of alignments so we need to do
9218 this carefully. Also, it may make a branch go out of range. */
9221 move_shared_literal (asection
*sec
,
9222 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
9224 property_table_entry
*prop_table
,
9226 const r_reloc
*target_loc
,
9227 const literal_value
*lit_value
,
9228 section_cache_t
*target_sec_cache
)
9230 property_table_entry
*the_add_entry
, *src_entry
, *target_entry
= NULL
;
9231 text_action
*fa
, *target_fa
;
9233 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
, *target_relax_info
;
9234 asection
*target_sec
;
9236 ebb_constraint ebb_table
;
9237 bfd_boolean relocs_fit
;
9239 /* If this routine always returns FALSE, the literals that cannot be
9240 coalesced will not be moved. */
9241 if (elf32xtensa_no_literal_movement
)
9244 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
9248 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (target_loc
);
9249 target_relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (target_sec
);
9251 /* Literals to undefined sections may not be moved because they
9252 must report an error. */
9253 if (bfd_is_und_section (target_sec
))
9256 src_entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry
9257 (prop_table
, ptblsize
, sec
->vma
+ rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
);
9259 if (!section_cache_section (target_sec_cache
, target_sec
, link_info
))
9262 target_entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry
9263 (target_sec_cache
->ptbl
, target_sec_cache
->pte_count
,
9264 target_sec
->vma
+ target_loc
->target_offset
);
9269 /* Make sure that we have not broken any branches. */
9272 init_ebb_constraint (&ebb_table
);
9273 ebb
= &ebb_table
.ebb
;
9274 init_ebb (ebb
, target_sec_cache
->sec
, target_sec_cache
->contents
,
9275 target_sec_cache
->content_length
,
9276 target_sec_cache
->ptbl
, target_sec_cache
->pte_count
,
9277 target_sec_cache
->relocs
, target_sec_cache
->reloc_count
);
9279 /* Propose to add 4 bytes + worst-case alignment size increase to
9281 ebb_propose_action (&ebb_table
, EBB_NO_ALIGN
, 0,
9282 ta_fill
, target_loc
->target_offset
,
9283 -4 - (1 << target_sec
->alignment_power
), TRUE
);
9285 /* Check all of the PC-relative relocations to make sure they still fit. */
9286 relocs_fit
= check_section_ebb_pcrels_fit (target_sec
->owner
, target_sec
,
9287 target_sec_cache
->contents
,
9288 target_sec_cache
->relocs
, NULL
,
9294 text_action_add_literal (&target_relax_info
->action_list
,
9295 ta_add_literal
, target_loc
, lit_value
, -4);
9297 if (target_sec
->alignment_power
> 2 && target_entry
!= src_entry
)
9299 /* May need to add or remove some fill to maintain alignment. */
9300 int fill_extra_space
;
9301 bfd_vma entry_sec_offset
;
9304 target_entry
->address
- target_sec
->vma
+ target_entry
->size
;
9306 /* If the literal range is at the end of the section,
9308 fill_extra_space
= 0;
9310 elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (target_sec_cache
->ptbl
,
9311 target_sec_cache
->pte_count
,
9313 if (the_add_entry
&& (the_add_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
))
9314 fill_extra_space
= the_add_entry
->size
;
9316 target_fa
= find_fill_action (&target_relax_info
->action_list
,
9317 target_sec
, entry_sec_offset
);
9318 removed_diff
= compute_removed_action_diff (target_fa
, target_sec
,
9319 entry_sec_offset
, 4,
9322 adjust_fill_action (target_fa
, removed_diff
);
9324 text_action_add (&target_relax_info
->action_list
,
9325 ta_fill
, target_sec
, entry_sec_offset
, removed_diff
);
9328 /* Mark that the literal will be moved to the new location. */
9329 add_removed_literal (&relax_info
->removed_list
, &rel
->r_rel
, target_loc
);
9331 /* Remove the literal. */
9332 text_action_add (&relax_info
->action_list
,
9333 ta_remove_literal
, sec
, rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
, 4);
9335 /* If the section is 4-byte aligned, do not add fill. */
9336 if (sec
->alignment_power
> 2 && target_entry
!= src_entry
)
9338 int fill_extra_space
;
9339 bfd_vma entry_sec_offset
;
9342 entry_sec_offset
= src_entry
->address
- sec
->vma
+ src_entry
->size
;
9344 entry_sec_offset
= rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
+4;
9346 /* If the literal range is at the end of the section,
9348 fill_extra_space
= 0;
9349 the_add_entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (prop_table
, ptblsize
,
9351 if (the_add_entry
&& (the_add_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
))
9352 fill_extra_space
= the_add_entry
->size
;
9354 fa
= find_fill_action (&relax_info
->action_list
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
);
9355 removed_diff
= compute_removed_action_diff (fa
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
,
9356 -4, fill_extra_space
);
9358 adjust_fill_action (fa
, removed_diff
);
9360 text_action_add (&relax_info
->action_list
,
9361 ta_fill
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
, removed_diff
);
9368 /* Second relaxation pass. */
9371 action_remove_bytes_fn (splay_tree_node node
, void *p
)
9373 bfd_size_type
*final_size
= p
;
9374 text_action
*action
= (text_action
*)node
->value
;
9376 *final_size
-= action
->removed_bytes
;
9380 /* Modify all of the relocations to point to the right spot, and if this
9381 is a relaxable section, delete the unwanted literals and fix the
9385 relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
9387 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
9388 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
9390 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
9392 bfd_boolean rv
= FALSE
;
9393 bfd_boolean virtual_action
;
9394 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
9396 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
9397 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
9398 BFD_ASSERT (relax_info
);
9400 /* First translate any of the fixes that have been added already. */
9401 translate_section_fixes (sec
);
9403 /* Handle property sections (e.g., literal tables) specially. */
9404 if (xtensa_is_property_section (sec
))
9406 BFD_ASSERT (!relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
);
9407 return relax_property_section (abfd
, sec
, link_info
);
9410 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
,
9411 link_info
->keep_memory
);
9412 if (!internal_relocs
&& !action_list_count (&relax_info
->action_list
))
9415 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, link_info
->keep_memory
);
9416 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec_size
!= 0)
9422 if (internal_relocs
)
9424 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
9426 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
9427 xtensa_relax_info
*target_relax_info
;
9428 bfd_vma source_offset
, old_source_offset
;
9431 asection
*target_sec
;
9433 /* Locally change the source address.
9434 Translate the target to the new target address.
9435 If it points to this section and has been removed,
9439 irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
9440 source_offset
= irel
->r_offset
;
9441 old_source_offset
= source_offset
;
9443 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
9444 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
,
9445 bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
));
9447 /* If this section could have changed then we may need to
9448 change the relocation's offset. */
9450 if (relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
9451 || relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
)
9453 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
9455 if (r_type
!= R_XTENSA_NONE
9456 && find_removed_literal (&relax_info
->removed_list
,
9459 /* Remove this relocation. */
9460 if (elf_hash_table (link_info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9461 shrink_dynamic_reloc_sections (link_info
, abfd
, sec
, irel
);
9462 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_XTENSA_NONE
);
9463 irel
->r_offset
= offset_with_removed_text_map
9464 (&relax_info
->action_list
, irel
->r_offset
);
9468 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
)
9470 text_action
*action
=
9471 find_insn_action (&relax_info
->action_list
,
9473 if (action
&& (action
->action
== ta_convert_longcall
9474 || action
->action
== ta_remove_longcall
))
9476 bfd_reloc_status_type retval
;
9477 char *error_message
= NULL
;
9479 retval
= contract_asm_expansion (contents
, sec_size
,
9480 irel
, &error_message
);
9481 if (retval
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
9483 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
9484 (link_info
, error_message
, abfd
, sec
,
9488 /* Update the action so that the code that moves
9489 the contents will do the right thing. */
9490 /* ta_remove_longcall and ta_remove_insn actions are
9491 grouped together in the tree as well as
9492 ta_convert_longcall and ta_none, so that changes below
9493 can be done w/o removing and reinserting action into
9496 if (action
->action
== ta_remove_longcall
)
9497 action
->action
= ta_remove_insn
;
9499 action
->action
= ta_none
;
9500 /* Refresh the info in the r_rel. */
9501 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
, sec_size
);
9502 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
9506 source_offset
= offset_with_removed_text_map
9507 (&relax_info
->action_list
, irel
->r_offset
);
9508 irel
->r_offset
= source_offset
;
9511 /* If the target section could have changed then
9512 we may need to change the relocation's target offset. */
9514 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&r_rel
);
9516 /* For a reference to a discarded section from a DWARF section,
9517 i.e., where action_discarded is PRETEND, the symbol will
9518 eventually be modified to refer to the kept section (at least if
9519 the kept and discarded sections are the same size). Anticipate
9520 that here and adjust things accordingly. */
9521 if (! elf_xtensa_ignore_discarded_relocs (sec
)
9522 && elf_xtensa_action_discarded (sec
) == PRETEND
9523 && sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
9524 && target_sec
!= NULL
9525 && discarded_section (target_sec
))
9527 /* It would be natural to call _bfd_elf_check_kept_section
9528 here, but it's not exported from elflink.c. It's also a
9529 fairly expensive check. Adjusting the relocations to the
9530 discarded section is fairly harmless; it will only adjust
9531 some addends and difference values. If it turns out that
9532 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section fails later, it won't matter,
9533 so just compare the section names to find the right group
9535 asection
*kept
= target_sec
->kept_section
;
9538 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
9540 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (kept
);
9541 asection
*s
= first
;
9546 if (strcmp (s
->name
, target_sec
->name
) == 0)
9551 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
9558 && ((target_sec
->rawsize
!= 0
9559 ? target_sec
->rawsize
: target_sec
->size
)
9560 == (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
9564 target_relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (target_sec
);
9565 if (target_relax_info
9566 && (target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
9567 || target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
))
9570 target_sec
= translate_reloc (&r_rel
, &new_reloc
, target_sec
);
9572 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_DIFF8
9573 || r_type
== R_XTENSA_DIFF16
9574 || r_type
== R_XTENSA_DIFF32
)
9576 bfd_signed_vma diff_value
= 0;
9577 bfd_vma new_end_offset
, diff_mask
= 0;
9579 if (bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
) < old_source_offset
)
9581 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
9582 (link_info
, _("invalid relocation address"),
9583 abfd
, sec
, old_source_offset
);
9589 case R_XTENSA_DIFF8
:
9591 bfd_get_signed_8 (abfd
, &contents
[old_source_offset
]);
9593 case R_XTENSA_DIFF16
:
9595 bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd
, &contents
[old_source_offset
]);
9597 case R_XTENSA_DIFF32
:
9599 bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd
, &contents
[old_source_offset
]);
9603 new_end_offset
= offset_with_removed_text_map
9604 (&target_relax_info
->action_list
,
9605 r_rel
.target_offset
+ diff_value
);
9606 diff_value
= new_end_offset
- new_reloc
.target_offset
;
9610 case R_XTENSA_DIFF8
:
9612 bfd_put_signed_8 (abfd
, diff_value
,
9613 &contents
[old_source_offset
]);
9615 case R_XTENSA_DIFF16
:
9617 bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd
, diff_value
,
9618 &contents
[old_source_offset
]);
9620 case R_XTENSA_DIFF32
:
9621 diff_mask
= 0x7fffffff;
9622 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd
, diff_value
,
9623 &contents
[old_source_offset
]);
9627 /* Check for overflow. Sign bits must be all zeroes or all ones */
9628 if ((diff_value
& ~diff_mask
) != 0 &&
9629 (diff_value
& ~diff_mask
) != (-1 & ~diff_mask
))
9631 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
9632 (link_info
, _("overflow after relaxation"),
9633 abfd
, sec
, old_source_offset
);
9637 pin_contents (sec
, contents
);
9640 /* If the relocation still references a section in the same
9641 input file, modify the relocation directly instead of
9642 adding a "fix" record. */
9643 if (target_sec
->owner
== abfd
)
9645 unsigned r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (new_reloc
.rela
.r_info
);
9646 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
9647 irel
->r_addend
= new_reloc
.rela
.r_addend
;
9648 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
9652 bfd_vma addend_displacement
;
9655 addend_displacement
=
9656 new_reloc
.target_offset
+ new_reloc
.virtual_offset
;
9657 fix
= reloc_bfd_fix_init (sec
, source_offset
, r_type
,
9659 addend_displacement
, TRUE
);
9666 if ((relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
9667 || relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
)
9668 && action_list_count (&relax_info
->action_list
))
9670 /* Walk through the planned actions and build up a table
9671 of move, copy and fill records. Use the move, copy and
9672 fill records to perform the actions once. */
9674 bfd_size_type final_size
, copy_size
, orig_insn_size
;
9675 bfd_byte
*scratch
= NULL
;
9676 bfd_byte
*dup_contents
= NULL
;
9677 bfd_size_type orig_size
= sec
->size
;
9678 bfd_vma orig_dot
= 0;
9679 bfd_vma orig_dot_copied
= 0; /* Byte copied already from
9680 orig dot in physical memory. */
9681 bfd_vma orig_dot_vo
= 0; /* Virtual offset from orig_dot. */
9682 bfd_vma dup_dot
= 0;
9684 text_action
*action
;
9686 final_size
= sec
->size
;
9688 splay_tree_foreach (relax_info
->action_list
.tree
,
9689 action_remove_bytes_fn
, &final_size
);
9690 scratch
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (final_size
);
9691 dup_contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (final_size
);
9693 /* The dot is the current fill location. */
9695 print_action_list (stderr
, &relax_info
->action_list
);
9698 for (action
= action_first (&relax_info
->action_list
); action
;
9699 action
= action_next (&relax_info
->action_list
, action
))
9701 virtual_action
= FALSE
;
9702 if (action
->offset
> orig_dot
)
9704 orig_dot
+= orig_dot_copied
;
9705 orig_dot_copied
= 0;
9707 /* Out of the virtual world. */
9710 if (action
->offset
> orig_dot
)
9712 copy_size
= action
->offset
- orig_dot
;
9713 memmove (&dup_contents
[dup_dot
], &contents
[orig_dot
], copy_size
);
9714 orig_dot
+= copy_size
;
9715 dup_dot
+= copy_size
;
9716 BFD_ASSERT (action
->offset
== orig_dot
);
9718 else if (action
->offset
< orig_dot
)
9720 if (action
->action
== ta_fill
9721 && action
->offset
- action
->removed_bytes
== orig_dot
)
9723 /* This is OK because the fill only effects the dup_dot. */
9725 else if (action
->action
== ta_add_literal
)
9727 /* TBD. Might need to handle this. */
9730 if (action
->offset
== orig_dot
)
9732 if (action
->virtual_offset
> orig_dot_vo
)
9734 if (orig_dot_vo
== 0)
9736 /* Need to copy virtual_offset bytes. Probably four. */
9737 copy_size
= action
->virtual_offset
- orig_dot_vo
;
9738 memmove (&dup_contents
[dup_dot
],
9739 &contents
[orig_dot
], copy_size
);
9740 orig_dot_copied
= copy_size
;
9741 dup_dot
+= copy_size
;
9743 virtual_action
= TRUE
;
9746 BFD_ASSERT (action
->virtual_offset
<= orig_dot_vo
);
9748 switch (action
->action
)
9750 case ta_remove_literal
:
9751 case ta_remove_insn
:
9752 BFD_ASSERT (action
->removed_bytes
>= 0);
9753 orig_dot
+= action
->removed_bytes
;
9756 case ta_narrow_insn
:
9759 memmove (scratch
, &contents
[orig_dot
], orig_insn_size
);
9760 BFD_ASSERT (action
->removed_bytes
== 1);
9761 rv
= narrow_instruction (scratch
, final_size
, 0);
9763 memmove (&dup_contents
[dup_dot
], scratch
, copy_size
);
9764 orig_dot
+= orig_insn_size
;
9765 dup_dot
+= copy_size
;
9769 if (action
->removed_bytes
>= 0)
9770 orig_dot
+= action
->removed_bytes
;
9773 /* Already zeroed in dup_contents. Just bump the
9775 dup_dot
+= (-action
->removed_bytes
);
9780 BFD_ASSERT (action
->removed_bytes
== 0);
9783 case ta_convert_longcall
:
9784 case ta_remove_longcall
:
9785 /* These will be removed or converted before we get here. */
9792 memmove (scratch
, &contents
[orig_dot
], orig_insn_size
);
9793 BFD_ASSERT (action
->removed_bytes
== -1);
9794 rv
= widen_instruction (scratch
, final_size
, 0);
9796 memmove (&dup_contents
[dup_dot
], scratch
, copy_size
);
9797 orig_dot
+= orig_insn_size
;
9798 dup_dot
+= copy_size
;
9801 case ta_add_literal
:
9804 BFD_ASSERT (action
->removed_bytes
== -4);
9805 /* TBD -- place the literal value here and insert
9807 memset (&dup_contents
[dup_dot
], 0, 4);
9808 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
9809 pin_contents (sec
, contents
);
9811 if (!move_literal (abfd
, link_info
, sec
, dup_dot
, dup_contents
,
9812 relax_info
, &internal_relocs
, &action
->value
))
9816 orig_dot_vo
+= copy_size
;
9818 orig_dot
+= orig_insn_size
;
9819 dup_dot
+= copy_size
;
9823 /* Not implemented yet. */
9828 BFD_ASSERT (dup_dot
<= final_size
);
9829 BFD_ASSERT (orig_dot
<= orig_size
);
9832 orig_dot
+= orig_dot_copied
;
9833 orig_dot_copied
= 0;
9835 if (orig_dot
!= orig_size
)
9837 copy_size
= orig_size
- orig_dot
;
9838 BFD_ASSERT (orig_size
> orig_dot
);
9839 BFD_ASSERT (dup_dot
+ copy_size
== final_size
);
9840 memmove (&dup_contents
[dup_dot
], &contents
[orig_dot
], copy_size
);
9841 orig_dot
+= copy_size
;
9842 dup_dot
+= copy_size
;
9844 BFD_ASSERT (orig_size
== orig_dot
);
9845 BFD_ASSERT (final_size
== dup_dot
);
9847 /* Move the dup_contents back. */
9848 if (final_size
> orig_size
)
9850 /* Contents need to be reallocated. Swap the dup_contents into
9852 sec
->contents
= dup_contents
;
9854 contents
= dup_contents
;
9855 pin_contents (sec
, contents
);
9859 BFD_ASSERT (final_size
<= orig_size
);
9860 memset (contents
, 0, orig_size
);
9861 memcpy (contents
, dup_contents
, final_size
);
9862 free (dup_contents
);
9865 pin_contents (sec
, contents
);
9867 if (sec
->rawsize
== 0)
9868 sec
->rawsize
= sec
->size
;
9869 sec
->size
= final_size
;
9873 release_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
9874 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
9880 translate_section_fixes (asection
*sec
)
9882 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
9885 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
9889 for (r
= relax_info
->fix_list
; r
!= NULL
; r
= r
->next
)
9890 if (!translate_reloc_bfd_fix (r
))
9897 /* Translate a fix given the mapping in the relax info for the target
9898 section. If it has already been translated, no work is required. */
9901 translate_reloc_bfd_fix (reloc_bfd_fix
*fix
)
9903 reloc_bfd_fix new_fix
;
9905 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
9906 removed_literal
*removed
;
9907 bfd_vma new_offset
, target_offset
;
9909 if (fix
->translated
)
9912 sec
= fix
->target_sec
;
9913 target_offset
= fix
->target_offset
;
9915 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
9918 fix
->translated
= TRUE
;
9924 /* The fix does not need to be translated if the section cannot change. */
9925 if (!relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
9926 && !relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
)
9928 fix
->translated
= TRUE
;
9932 /* If the literal has been moved and this relocation was on an
9933 opcode, then the relocation should move to the new literal
9934 location. Otherwise, the relocation should move within the
9938 if (is_operand_relocation (fix
->src_type
))
9940 /* Check if the original relocation is against a literal being
9942 removed
= find_removed_literal (&relax_info
->removed_list
,
9950 /* The fact that there is still a relocation to this literal indicates
9951 that the literal is being coalesced, not simply removed. */
9952 BFD_ASSERT (removed
->to
.abfd
!= NULL
);
9954 /* This was moved to some other address (possibly another section). */
9955 new_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&removed
->to
);
9959 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
9961 (!relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
9962 && !relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
))
9964 target_offset
= removed
->to
.target_offset
;
9965 new_fix
.target_sec
= new_sec
;
9966 new_fix
.target_offset
= target_offset
;
9967 new_fix
.translated
= TRUE
;
9972 target_offset
= removed
->to
.target_offset
;
9973 new_fix
.target_sec
= new_sec
;
9976 /* The target address may have been moved within its section. */
9977 new_offset
= offset_with_removed_text (&relax_info
->action_list
,
9980 new_fix
.target_offset
= new_offset
;
9981 new_fix
.target_offset
= new_offset
;
9982 new_fix
.translated
= TRUE
;
9988 /* Fix up a relocation to take account of removed literals. */
9991 translate_reloc (const r_reloc
*orig_rel
, r_reloc
*new_rel
, asection
*sec
)
9993 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
9994 removed_literal
*removed
;
9995 bfd_vma target_offset
, base_offset
;
9997 *new_rel
= *orig_rel
;
9999 if (!r_reloc_is_defined (orig_rel
))
10002 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
10003 BFD_ASSERT (relax_info
&& (relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
10004 || relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
));
10006 target_offset
= orig_rel
->target_offset
;
10009 if (is_operand_relocation (ELF32_R_TYPE (orig_rel
->rela
.r_info
)))
10011 /* Check if the original relocation is against a literal being
10013 removed
= find_removed_literal (&relax_info
->removed_list
,
10016 if (removed
&& removed
->to
.abfd
)
10020 /* The fact that there is still a relocation to this literal indicates
10021 that the literal is being coalesced, not simply removed. */
10022 BFD_ASSERT (removed
->to
.abfd
!= NULL
);
10024 /* This was moved to some other address
10025 (possibly in another section). */
10026 *new_rel
= removed
->to
;
10027 new_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (new_rel
);
10028 if (new_sec
!= sec
)
10031 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
10033 || (!relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
10034 && !relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
))
10037 target_offset
= new_rel
->target_offset
;
10040 /* Find the base offset of the reloc symbol, excluding any addend from the
10041 reloc or from the section contents (for a partial_inplace reloc). Then
10042 find the adjusted values of the offsets due to relaxation. The base
10043 offset is needed to determine the change to the reloc's addend; the reloc
10044 addend should not be adjusted due to relaxations located before the base
10047 base_offset
= r_reloc_get_target_offset (new_rel
) - new_rel
->rela
.r_addend
;
10048 if (base_offset
<= target_offset
)
10050 int base_removed
= removed_by_actions_map (&relax_info
->action_list
,
10051 base_offset
, FALSE
);
10052 int addend_removed
= removed_by_actions_map (&relax_info
->action_list
,
10053 target_offset
, FALSE
) -
10056 new_rel
->target_offset
= target_offset
- base_removed
- addend_removed
;
10057 new_rel
->rela
.r_addend
-= addend_removed
;
10061 /* Handle a negative addend. The base offset comes first. */
10062 int tgt_removed
= removed_by_actions_map (&relax_info
->action_list
,
10063 target_offset
, FALSE
);
10064 int addend_removed
= removed_by_actions_map (&relax_info
->action_list
,
10065 base_offset
, FALSE
) -
10068 new_rel
->target_offset
= target_offset
- tgt_removed
;
10069 new_rel
->rela
.r_addend
+= addend_removed
;
10076 /* For dynamic links, there may be a dynamic relocation for each
10077 literal. The number of dynamic relocations must be computed in
10078 size_dynamic_sections, which occurs before relaxation. When a
10079 literal is removed, this function checks if there is a corresponding
10080 dynamic relocation and shrinks the size of the appropriate dynamic
10081 relocation section accordingly. At this point, the contents of the
10082 dynamic relocation sections have not yet been filled in, so there's
10083 nothing else that needs to be done. */
10086 shrink_dynamic_reloc_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10088 asection
*input_section
,
10089 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
10091 struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10092 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10093 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
10094 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10096 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10097 bfd_boolean dynamic_symbol
;
10099 htab
= elf_xtensa_hash_table (info
);
10103 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10104 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
10106 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
10107 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
10109 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
10112 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
10114 dynamic_symbol
= elf_xtensa_dynamic_symbol_p (h
, info
);
10116 if ((r_type
== R_XTENSA_32
|| r_type
== R_XTENSA_PLT
)
10117 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
10118 && (dynamic_symbol
|| info
->shared
))
10121 bfd_boolean is_plt
= FALSE
;
10123 if (dynamic_symbol
&& r_type
== R_XTENSA_PLT
)
10125 srel
= htab
->srelplt
;
10129 srel
= htab
->srelgot
;
10131 /* Reduce size of the .rela.* section by one reloc. */
10132 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
10133 BFD_ASSERT (srel
->size
>= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
10134 srel
->size
-= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10138 asection
*splt
, *sgotplt
, *srelgot
;
10139 int reloc_index
, chunk
;
10141 /* Find the PLT reloc index of the entry being removed. This
10142 is computed from the size of ".rela.plt". It is needed to
10143 figure out which PLT chunk to resize. Usually "last index
10144 = size - 1" since the index starts at zero, but in this
10145 context, the size has just been decremented so there's no
10146 need to subtract one. */
10147 reloc_index
= srel
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10149 chunk
= reloc_index
/ PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
;
10150 splt
= elf_xtensa_get_plt_section (info
, chunk
);
10151 sgotplt
= elf_xtensa_get_gotplt_section (info
, chunk
);
10152 BFD_ASSERT (splt
!= NULL
&& sgotplt
!= NULL
);
10154 /* Check if an entire PLT chunk has just been eliminated. */
10155 if (reloc_index
% PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
== 0)
10157 /* The two magic GOT entries for that chunk can go away. */
10158 srelgot
= htab
->srelgot
;
10159 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot
!= NULL
);
10160 srelgot
->reloc_count
-= 2;
10161 srelgot
->size
-= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10162 sgotplt
->size
-= 8;
10164 /* There should be only one entry left (and it will be
10166 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt
->size
== 4);
10167 BFD_ASSERT (splt
->size
== PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
);
10170 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt
->size
>= 4);
10171 BFD_ASSERT (splt
->size
>= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
);
10173 sgotplt
->size
-= 4;
10174 splt
->size
-= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10180 /* Take an r_rel and move it to another section. This usually
10181 requires extending the interal_relocation array and pinning it. If
10182 the original r_rel is from the same BFD, we can complete this here.
10183 Otherwise, we add a fix record to let the final link fix the
10184 appropriate address. Contents and internal relocations for the
10185 section must be pinned after calling this routine. */
10188 move_literal (bfd
*abfd
,
10189 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
10192 bfd_byte
*contents
,
10193 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
,
10194 Elf_Internal_Rela
**internal_relocs_p
,
10195 const literal_value
*lit
)
10197 Elf_Internal_Rela
*new_relocs
= NULL
;
10198 size_t new_relocs_count
= 0;
10199 Elf_Internal_Rela this_rela
;
10200 const r_reloc
*r_rel
;
10202 r_rel
= &lit
->r_rel
;
10203 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
== *internal_relocs_p
);
10205 if (r_reloc_is_const (r_rel
))
10206 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, lit
->value
, contents
+ offset
);
10211 reloc_bfd_fix
*fix
;
10212 unsigned insert_at
;
10214 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (r_rel
->rela
.r_info
);
10216 /* This is the difficult case. We have to create a fix up. */
10217 this_rela
.r_offset
= offset
;
10218 this_rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type
);
10219 this_rela
.r_addend
=
10220 r_rel
->target_offset
- r_reloc_get_target_offset (r_rel
);
10221 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, lit
->value
, contents
+ offset
);
10223 /* Currently, we cannot move relocations during a relocatable link. */
10224 BFD_ASSERT (!link_info
->relocatable
);
10225 fix
= reloc_bfd_fix_init (sec
, offset
, r_type
,
10226 r_reloc_get_section (r_rel
),
10227 r_rel
->target_offset
+ r_rel
->virtual_offset
,
10229 /* We also need to mark that relocations are needed here. */
10230 sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
10232 translate_reloc_bfd_fix (fix
);
10233 /* This fix has not yet been translated. */
10234 add_fix (sec
, fix
);
10236 /* Add the relocation. If we have already allocated our own
10237 space for the relocations and we have room for more, then use
10238 it. Otherwise, allocate new space and move the literals. */
10239 insert_at
= sec
->reloc_count
;
10240 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; ++i
)
10242 if (this_rela
.r_offset
< (*internal_relocs_p
)[i
].r_offset
)
10249 if (*internal_relocs_p
!= relax_info
->allocated_relocs
10250 || sec
->reloc_count
+ 1 > relax_info
->allocated_relocs_count
)
10252 BFD_ASSERT (relax_info
->allocated_relocs
== NULL
10253 || sec
->reloc_count
== relax_info
->relocs_count
);
10255 if (relax_info
->allocated_relocs_count
== 0)
10256 new_relocs_count
= (sec
->reloc_count
+ 2) * 2;
10258 new_relocs_count
= (relax_info
->allocated_relocs_count
+ 2) * 2;
10260 new_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*)
10261 bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
) * (new_relocs_count
));
10265 /* We could handle this more quickly by finding the split point. */
10266 if (insert_at
!= 0)
10267 memcpy (new_relocs
, *internal_relocs_p
,
10268 insert_at
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
10270 new_relocs
[insert_at
] = this_rela
;
10272 if (insert_at
!= sec
->reloc_count
)
10273 memcpy (new_relocs
+ insert_at
+ 1,
10274 (*internal_relocs_p
) + insert_at
,
10275 (sec
->reloc_count
- insert_at
)
10276 * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
10278 if (*internal_relocs_p
!= relax_info
->allocated_relocs
)
10280 /* The first time we re-allocate, we can only free the
10281 old relocs if they were allocated with bfd_malloc.
10282 This is not true when keep_memory is in effect. */
10283 if (!link_info
->keep_memory
)
10284 free (*internal_relocs_p
);
10287 free (*internal_relocs_p
);
10288 relax_info
->allocated_relocs
= new_relocs
;
10289 relax_info
->allocated_relocs_count
= new_relocs_count
;
10290 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= new_relocs
;
10291 sec
->reloc_count
++;
10292 relax_info
->relocs_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
10293 *internal_relocs_p
= new_relocs
;
10297 if (insert_at
!= sec
->reloc_count
)
10300 for (idx
= sec
->reloc_count
; idx
> insert_at
; idx
--)
10301 (*internal_relocs_p
)[idx
] = (*internal_relocs_p
)[idx
-1];
10303 (*internal_relocs_p
)[insert_at
] = this_rela
;
10304 sec
->reloc_count
++;
10305 if (relax_info
->allocated_relocs
)
10306 relax_info
->relocs_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
10313 /* This is similar to relax_section except that when a target is moved,
10314 we shift addresses up. We also need to modify the size. This
10315 algorithm does NOT allow for relocations into the middle of the
10316 property sections. */
10319 relax_property_section (bfd
*abfd
,
10321 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
10323 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
10324 bfd_byte
*contents
;
10326 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
10327 bfd_boolean is_full_prop_section
;
10328 size_t last_zfill_target_offset
= 0;
10329 asection
*last_zfill_target_sec
= NULL
;
10330 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
10331 bfd_size_type entry_size
;
10333 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
10334 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
,
10335 link_info
->keep_memory
);
10336 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, link_info
->keep_memory
);
10337 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec_size
!= 0)
10343 is_full_prop_section
= xtensa_is_proptable_section (sec
);
10344 if (is_full_prop_section
)
10349 if (internal_relocs
)
10351 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
10353 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
10354 xtensa_relax_info
*target_relax_info
;
10356 asection
*target_sec
;
10358 bfd_byte
*size_p
, *flags_p
;
10360 /* Locally change the source address.
10361 Translate the target to the new target address.
10362 If it points to this section and has been removed, MOVE IT.
10363 Also, don't forget to modify the associated SIZE at
10366 irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
10367 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
10368 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_NONE
)
10371 /* Find the literal value. */
10372 r_reloc_init (&val
.r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
, sec_size
);
10373 size_p
= &contents
[irel
->r_offset
+ 4];
10375 if (is_full_prop_section
)
10376 flags_p
= &contents
[irel
->r_offset
+ 8];
10377 BFD_ASSERT (irel
->r_offset
+ entry_size
<= sec_size
);
10379 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&val
.r_rel
);
10380 target_relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (target_sec
);
10382 if (target_relax_info
10383 && (target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
10384 || target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
))
10386 /* Translate the relocation's destination. */
10387 bfd_vma old_offset
= val
.r_rel
.target_offset
;
10388 bfd_vma new_offset
;
10389 long old_size
, new_size
;
10390 int removed_by_old_offset
=
10391 removed_by_actions_map (&target_relax_info
->action_list
,
10392 old_offset
, FALSE
);
10393 new_offset
= old_offset
- removed_by_old_offset
;
10395 /* Assert that we are not out of bounds. */
10396 old_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, size_p
);
10397 new_size
= old_size
;
10401 /* Only the first zero-sized unreachable entry is
10402 allowed to expand. In this case the new offset
10403 should be the offset before the fill and the new
10404 size is the expansion size. For other zero-sized
10405 entries the resulting size should be zero with an
10406 offset before or after the fill address depending
10407 on whether the expanding unreachable entry
10409 if (last_zfill_target_sec
== 0
10410 || last_zfill_target_sec
!= target_sec
10411 || last_zfill_target_offset
!= old_offset
)
10413 bfd_vma new_end_offset
= new_offset
;
10415 /* Recompute the new_offset, but this time don't
10416 include any fill inserted by relaxation. */
10417 removed_by_old_offset
=
10418 removed_by_actions_map (&target_relax_info
->action_list
,
10420 new_offset
= old_offset
- removed_by_old_offset
;
10422 /* If it is not unreachable and we have not yet
10423 seen an unreachable at this address, place it
10424 before the fill address. */
10425 if (flags_p
&& (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, flags_p
)
10426 & XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
) != 0)
10428 new_size
= new_end_offset
- new_offset
;
10430 last_zfill_target_sec
= target_sec
;
10431 last_zfill_target_offset
= old_offset
;
10437 int removed_by_old_offset_size
=
10438 removed_by_actions_map (&target_relax_info
->action_list
,
10439 old_offset
+ old_size
, TRUE
);
10440 new_size
-= removed_by_old_offset_size
- removed_by_old_offset
;
10443 if (new_size
!= old_size
)
10445 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, new_size
, size_p
);
10446 pin_contents (sec
, contents
);
10449 if (new_offset
!= old_offset
)
10451 bfd_vma diff
= new_offset
- old_offset
;
10452 irel
->r_addend
+= diff
;
10453 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
10459 /* Combine adjacent property table entries. This is also done in
10460 finish_dynamic_sections() but at that point it's too late to
10461 reclaim the space in the output section, so we do this twice. */
10463 if (internal_relocs
&& (!link_info
->relocatable
10464 || xtensa_is_littable_section (sec
)))
10466 Elf_Internal_Rela
*last_irel
= NULL
;
10467 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *next_rel
, *rel_end
;
10468 int removed_bytes
= 0;
10470 flagword predef_flags
;
10472 predef_flags
= xtensa_get_property_predef_flags (sec
);
10474 /* Walk over memory and relocations at the same time.
10475 This REQUIRES that the internal_relocs be sorted by offset. */
10476 qsort (internal_relocs
, sec
->reloc_count
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
),
10477 internal_reloc_compare
);
10479 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
10480 pin_contents (sec
, contents
);
10482 next_rel
= internal_relocs
;
10483 rel_end
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
10485 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
% entry_size
== 0);
10487 for (offset
= 0; offset
< sec
->size
; offset
+= entry_size
)
10489 Elf_Internal_Rela
*offset_rel
, *extra_rel
;
10490 bfd_vma bytes_to_remove
, size
, actual_offset
;
10491 bfd_boolean remove_this_rel
;
10494 /* Find the first relocation for the entry at the current offset.
10495 Adjust the offsets of any extra relocations for the previous
10500 for (irel
= next_rel
; irel
< rel_end
; irel
++)
10502 if ((irel
->r_offset
== offset
10503 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) != R_XTENSA_NONE
)
10504 || irel
->r_offset
> offset
)
10509 irel
->r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
10513 /* Find the next relocation (if there are any left). */
10517 for (irel
= offset_rel
+ 1; irel
< rel_end
; irel
++)
10519 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) != R_XTENSA_NONE
)
10527 /* Check if there are relocations on the current entry. There
10528 should usually be a relocation on the offset field. If there
10529 are relocations on the size or flags, then we can't optimize
10530 this entry. Also, find the next relocation to examine on the
10534 if (offset_rel
->r_offset
>= offset
+ entry_size
)
10536 next_rel
= offset_rel
;
10537 /* There are no relocations on the current entry, but we
10538 might still be able to remove it if the size is zero. */
10541 else if (offset_rel
->r_offset
> offset
10543 && extra_rel
->r_offset
< offset
+ entry_size
))
10545 /* There is a relocation on the size or flags, so we can't
10546 do anything with this entry. Continue with the next. */
10547 next_rel
= offset_rel
;
10552 BFD_ASSERT (offset_rel
->r_offset
== offset
);
10553 offset_rel
->r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
10554 next_rel
= offset_rel
+ 1;
10560 remove_this_rel
= FALSE
;
10561 bytes_to_remove
= 0;
10562 actual_offset
= offset
- removed_bytes
;
10563 size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, &contents
[actual_offset
+ 4]);
10565 if (is_full_prop_section
)
10566 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, &contents
[actual_offset
+ 8]);
10568 flags
= predef_flags
;
10571 && (flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
) == 0
10572 && (flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
) == 0)
10574 /* Always remove entries with zero size and no alignment. */
10575 bytes_to_remove
= entry_size
;
10577 remove_this_rel
= TRUE
;
10579 else if (offset_rel
10580 && ELF32_R_TYPE (offset_rel
->r_info
) == R_XTENSA_32
)
10584 flagword old_flags
;
10586 bfd_get_32 (abfd
, &contents
[last_irel
->r_offset
+ 4]);
10587 bfd_vma old_address
=
10588 (last_irel
->r_addend
10589 + bfd_get_32 (abfd
, &contents
[last_irel
->r_offset
]));
10590 bfd_vma new_address
=
10591 (offset_rel
->r_addend
10592 + bfd_get_32 (abfd
, &contents
[actual_offset
]));
10593 if (is_full_prop_section
)
10594 old_flags
= bfd_get_32
10595 (abfd
, &contents
[last_irel
->r_offset
+ 8]);
10597 old_flags
= predef_flags
;
10599 if ((ELF32_R_SYM (offset_rel
->r_info
)
10600 == ELF32_R_SYM (last_irel
->r_info
))
10601 && old_address
+ old_size
== new_address
10602 && old_flags
== flags
10603 && (old_flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN_BRANCH_TARGET
) == 0
10604 && (old_flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN_LOOP_TARGET
) == 0)
10606 /* Fix the old size. */
10607 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, old_size
+ size
,
10608 &contents
[last_irel
->r_offset
+ 4]);
10609 bytes_to_remove
= entry_size
;
10610 remove_this_rel
= TRUE
;
10613 last_irel
= offset_rel
;
10616 last_irel
= offset_rel
;
10619 if (remove_this_rel
)
10621 offset_rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_XTENSA_NONE
);
10622 offset_rel
->r_offset
= 0;
10625 if (bytes_to_remove
!= 0)
10627 removed_bytes
+= bytes_to_remove
;
10628 if (offset
+ bytes_to_remove
< sec
->size
)
10629 memmove (&contents
[actual_offset
],
10630 &contents
[actual_offset
+ bytes_to_remove
],
10631 sec
->size
- offset
- bytes_to_remove
);
10637 /* Fix up any extra relocations on the last entry. */
10638 for (irel
= next_rel
; irel
< rel_end
; irel
++)
10639 irel
->r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
10641 /* Clear the removed bytes. */
10642 memset (&contents
[sec
->size
- removed_bytes
], 0, removed_bytes
);
10644 if (sec
->rawsize
== 0)
10645 sec
->rawsize
= sec
->size
;
10646 sec
->size
-= removed_bytes
;
10648 if (xtensa_is_littable_section (sec
))
10650 asection
*sgotloc
= elf_xtensa_hash_table (link_info
)->sgotloc
;
10652 sgotloc
->size
-= removed_bytes
;
10658 release_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
10659 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
10664 /* Third relaxation pass. */
10666 /* Change symbol values to account for removed literals. */
10669 relax_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
10671 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
10672 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
10673 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10674 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
10675 unsigned i
, num_syms
, num_locals
;
10677 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
10678 BFD_ASSERT (relax_info
);
10680 if (!relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
10681 && !relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
)
10684 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
10686 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10687 isymbuf
= retrieve_local_syms (abfd
);
10689 num_syms
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
);
10690 num_locals
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10692 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
10693 for (i
= 0; i
< num_locals
; i
++)
10695 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= &isymbuf
[i
];
10697 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
)
10699 bfd_vma orig_addr
= isym
->st_value
;
10700 int removed
= removed_by_actions_map (&relax_info
->action_list
,
10703 isym
->st_value
-= removed
;
10704 if (ELF32_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
)
10706 removed_by_actions_map (&relax_info
->action_list
,
10707 orig_addr
+ isym
->st_size
, FALSE
) -
10712 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
10713 for (i
= 0; i
< (num_syms
- num_locals
); i
++)
10715 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
;
10717 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[i
];
10719 if (sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10720 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) sym_hash
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10722 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10723 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10724 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
10726 bfd_vma orig_addr
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
10727 int removed
= removed_by_actions_map (&relax_info
->action_list
,
10730 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= removed
;
10732 if (sym_hash
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
10734 removed_by_actions_map (&relax_info
->action_list
,
10735 orig_addr
+ sym_hash
->size
, FALSE
) -
10744 /* "Fix" handling functions, called while performing relocations. */
10747 do_fix_for_relocatable_link (Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
10749 asection
*input_section
,
10750 bfd_byte
*contents
)
10753 asection
*sec
, *old_sec
;
10754 bfd_vma old_offset
;
10755 int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
10756 reloc_bfd_fix
*fix
;
10758 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_NONE
)
10761 fix
= get_bfd_fix (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, r_type
);
10765 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, input_bfd
, rel
, contents
,
10766 bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd
, input_section
));
10767 old_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&r_rel
);
10768 old_offset
= r_rel
.target_offset
;
10770 if (!old_sec
|| !r_reloc_is_defined (&r_rel
))
10772 if (r_type
!= R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND
)
10774 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10775 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unexpected fix for %s relocation"),
10776 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
10777 elf_howto_table
[r_type
].name
);
10780 /* Leave it be. Resolution will happen in a later stage. */
10784 sec
= fix
->target_sec
;
10785 rel
->r_addend
+= ((sec
->output_offset
+ fix
->target_offset
)
10786 - (old_sec
->output_offset
+ old_offset
));
10793 do_fix_for_final_link (Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
10795 asection
*input_section
,
10796 bfd_byte
*contents
,
10797 bfd_vma
*relocationp
)
10800 int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
10801 reloc_bfd_fix
*fix
;
10802 bfd_vma fixup_diff
;
10804 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_NONE
)
10807 fix
= get_bfd_fix (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, r_type
);
10811 sec
= fix
->target_sec
;
10813 fixup_diff
= rel
->r_addend
;
10814 if (elf_howto_table
[fix
->src_type
].partial_inplace
)
10816 bfd_vma inplace_val
;
10817 BFD_ASSERT (fix
->src_offset
10818 < bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd
, input_section
));
10819 inplace_val
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, &contents
[fix
->src_offset
]);
10820 fixup_diff
+= inplace_val
;
10823 *relocationp
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
10824 + sec
->output_offset
10825 + fix
->target_offset
- fixup_diff
);
10829 /* Miscellaneous utility functions.... */
10832 elf_xtensa_get_plt_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int chunk
)
10834 struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10840 htab
= elf_xtensa_hash_table (info
);
10847 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10848 sprintf (plt_name
, ".plt.%u", chunk
);
10849 return bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, plt_name
);
10854 elf_xtensa_get_gotplt_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int chunk
)
10856 struct elf_xtensa_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10862 htab
= elf_xtensa_hash_table (info
);
10865 return htab
->sgotplt
;
10868 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10869 sprintf (got_name
, ".got.plt.%u", chunk
);
10870 return bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, got_name
);
10874 /* Get the input section for a given symbol index.
10876 . a section symbol, return the section;
10877 . a common symbol, return the common section;
10878 . an undefined symbol, return the undefined section;
10879 . an indirect symbol, follow the links;
10880 . an absolute value, return the absolute section. */
10883 get_elf_r_symndx_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned long r_symndx
)
10885 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10886 asection
*target_sec
= NULL
;
10887 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
10889 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
10890 unsigned int section_index
;
10892 isymbuf
= retrieve_local_syms (abfd
);
10893 section_index
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
].st_shndx
;
10895 if (section_index
== SHN_UNDEF
)
10896 target_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10897 else if (section_index
== SHN_ABS
)
10898 target_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
10899 else if (section_index
== SHN_COMMON
)
10900 target_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
10902 target_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, section_index
);
10906 unsigned long indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10907 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
10909 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10910 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10911 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10913 switch (h
->root
.type
)
10915 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
10916 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
10917 target_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10919 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
10920 target_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
10922 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
10923 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
10924 target_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10926 default: /* New indirect warning. */
10927 target_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10935 static struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
10936 get_elf_r_symndx_hash_entry (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned long r_symndx
)
10938 unsigned long indx
;
10939 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10940 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10942 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
10945 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10946 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
10947 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10948 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10949 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10954 /* Get the section-relative offset for a symbol number. */
10957 get_elf_r_symndx_offset (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned long r_symndx
)
10959 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10960 bfd_vma offset
= 0;
10962 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
10964 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
10965 isymbuf
= retrieve_local_syms (abfd
);
10966 offset
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
].st_value
;
10970 unsigned long indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10971 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
=
10972 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
10974 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10975 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10976 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10977 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10978 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10979 offset
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
10986 is_reloc_sym_weak (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
10988 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
10989 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10991 h
= get_elf_r_symndx_hash_entry (abfd
, r_symndx
);
10992 if (h
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10999 pcrel_reloc_fits (xtensa_opcode opc
,
11001 bfd_vma self_address
,
11002 bfd_vma dest_address
)
11004 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
11005 uint32 valp
= dest_address
;
11006 if (xtensa_operand_do_reloc (isa
, opc
, opnd
, &valp
, self_address
)
11007 || xtensa_operand_encode (isa
, opc
, opnd
, &valp
))
11014 xtensa_is_property_section (asection
*sec
)
11016 if (xtensa_is_insntable_section (sec
)
11017 || xtensa_is_littable_section (sec
)
11018 || xtensa_is_proptable_section (sec
))
11026 xtensa_is_insntable_section (asection
*sec
)
11028 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, XTENSA_INSN_SEC_NAME
)
11029 || CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.x."))
11037 xtensa_is_littable_section (asection
*sec
)
11039 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, XTENSA_LIT_SEC_NAME
)
11040 || CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.p."))
11048 xtensa_is_proptable_section (asection
*sec
)
11050 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME
)
11051 || CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.prop."))
11059 internal_reloc_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11061 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*a
= (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*) ap
;
11062 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*b
= (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bp
;
11064 if (a
->r_offset
!= b
->r_offset
)
11065 return (a
->r_offset
- b
->r_offset
);
11067 /* We don't need to sort on these criteria for correctness,
11068 but enforcing a more strict ordering prevents unstable qsort
11069 from behaving differently with different implementations.
11070 Without the code below we get correct but different results
11071 on Solaris 2.7 and 2.8. We would like to always produce the
11072 same results no matter the host. */
11074 if (a
->r_info
!= b
->r_info
)
11075 return (a
->r_info
- b
->r_info
);
11077 return (a
->r_addend
- b
->r_addend
);
11082 internal_reloc_matches (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11084 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*a
= (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*) ap
;
11085 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*b
= (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bp
;
11087 /* Check if one entry overlaps with the other; this shouldn't happen
11088 except when searching for a match. */
11089 return (a
->r_offset
- b
->r_offset
);
11093 /* Predicate function used to look up a section in a particular group. */
11096 match_section_group (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*sec
, void *inf
)
11098 const char *gname
= inf
;
11099 const char *group_name
= elf_group_name (sec
);
11101 return (group_name
== gname
11102 || (group_name
!= NULL
11104 && strcmp (group_name
, gname
) == 0));
11108 static int linkonce_len
= sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1;
11111 xtensa_property_section_name (asection
*sec
, const char *base_name
)
11113 const char *suffix
, *group_name
;
11114 char *prop_sec_name
;
11116 group_name
= elf_group_name (sec
);
11119 suffix
= strrchr (sec
->name
, '.');
11120 if (suffix
== sec
->name
)
11122 prop_sec_name
= (char *) bfd_malloc (strlen (base_name
) + 1
11123 + (suffix
? strlen (suffix
) : 0));
11124 strcpy (prop_sec_name
, base_name
);
11126 strcat (prop_sec_name
, suffix
);
11128 else if (strncmp (sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.", linkonce_len
) == 0)
11130 char *linkonce_kind
= 0;
11132 if (strcmp (base_name
, XTENSA_INSN_SEC_NAME
) == 0)
11133 linkonce_kind
= "x.";
11134 else if (strcmp (base_name
, XTENSA_LIT_SEC_NAME
) == 0)
11135 linkonce_kind
= "p.";
11136 else if (strcmp (base_name
, XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME
) == 0)
11137 linkonce_kind
= "prop.";
11141 prop_sec_name
= (char *) bfd_malloc (strlen (sec
->name
)
11142 + strlen (linkonce_kind
) + 1);
11143 memcpy (prop_sec_name
, ".gnu.linkonce.", linkonce_len
);
11144 strcpy (prop_sec_name
+ linkonce_len
, linkonce_kind
);
11146 suffix
= sec
->name
+ linkonce_len
;
11147 /* For backward compatibility, replace "t." instead of inserting
11148 the new linkonce_kind (but not for "prop" sections). */
11149 if (CONST_STRNEQ (suffix
, "t.") && linkonce_kind
[1] == '.')
11151 strcat (prop_sec_name
+ linkonce_len
, suffix
);
11154 prop_sec_name
= strdup (base_name
);
11156 return prop_sec_name
;
11161 xtensa_get_property_section (asection
*sec
, const char *base_name
)
11163 char *prop_sec_name
;
11164 asection
*prop_sec
;
11166 prop_sec_name
= xtensa_property_section_name (sec
, base_name
);
11167 prop_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name_if (sec
->owner
, prop_sec_name
,
11168 match_section_group
,
11169 (void *) elf_group_name (sec
));
11170 free (prop_sec_name
);
11176 xtensa_make_property_section (asection
*sec
, const char *base_name
)
11178 char *prop_sec_name
;
11179 asection
*prop_sec
;
11181 /* Check if the section already exists. */
11182 prop_sec_name
= xtensa_property_section_name (sec
, base_name
);
11183 prop_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name_if (sec
->owner
, prop_sec_name
,
11184 match_section_group
,
11185 (void *) elf_group_name (sec
));
11186 /* If not, create it. */
11189 flagword flags
= (SEC_RELOC
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
);
11190 flags
|= (bfd_get_section_flags (sec
->owner
, sec
)
11191 & (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
));
11193 prop_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags
11194 (sec
->owner
, strdup (prop_sec_name
), flags
);
11198 elf_group_name (prop_sec
) = elf_group_name (sec
);
11201 free (prop_sec_name
);
11207 xtensa_get_property_predef_flags (asection
*sec
)
11209 if (xtensa_is_insntable_section (sec
))
11210 return (XTENSA_PROP_INSN
11211 | XTENSA_PROP_NO_TRANSFORM
11212 | XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_REORDER
);
11214 if (xtensa_is_littable_section (sec
))
11215 return (XTENSA_PROP_LITERAL
11216 | XTENSA_PROP_NO_TRANSFORM
11217 | XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_REORDER
);
11223 /* Other functions called directly by the linker. */
11226 xtensa_callback_required_dependence (bfd
*abfd
,
11228 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
11229 deps_callback_t callback
,
11232 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
11233 bfd_byte
*contents
;
11235 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
11236 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
11238 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
11240 /* ".plt*" sections have no explicit relocations but they contain L32R
11241 instructions that reference the corresponding ".got.plt*" sections. */
11242 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
11243 && CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".plt"))
11247 /* Find the corresponding ".got.plt*" section. */
11248 if (sec
->name
[4] == '\0')
11249 sgotplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (sec
->owner
, ".got.plt");
11255 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->name
[4] == '.');
11256 chunk
= strtol (&sec
->name
[5], NULL
, 10);
11258 sprintf (got_name
, ".got.plt.%u", chunk
);
11259 sgotplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (sec
->owner
, got_name
);
11261 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt
);
11263 /* Assume worst-case offsets: L32R at the very end of the ".plt"
11264 section referencing a literal at the very beginning of
11265 ".got.plt". This is very close to the real dependence, anyway. */
11266 (*callback
) (sec
, sec_size
, sgotplt
, 0, closure
);
11269 /* Only ELF files are supported for Xtensa. Check here to avoid a segfault
11270 when building uclibc, which runs "ld -b binary /dev/null". */
11271 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11274 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
,
11275 link_info
->keep_memory
);
11276 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
11277 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
11280 /* Cache the contents for the duration of this scan. */
11281 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, link_info
->keep_memory
);
11282 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec_size
!= 0)
11288 if (!xtensa_default_isa
)
11289 xtensa_default_isa
= xtensa_isa_init (0, 0);
11291 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
11293 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
11294 if (is_l32r_relocation (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
))
11297 asection
*target_sec
;
11298 bfd_vma target_offset
;
11300 r_reloc_init (&l32r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
, sec_size
);
11303 /* L32Rs must be local to the input file. */
11304 if (r_reloc_is_defined (&l32r_rel
))
11306 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&l32r_rel
);
11307 target_offset
= l32r_rel
.target_offset
;
11309 (*callback
) (sec
, irel
->r_offset
, target_sec
, target_offset
,
11315 release_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
11316 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
11320 /* The default literal sections should always be marked as "code" (i.e.,
11321 SHF_EXECINSTR). This is particularly important for the Linux kernel
11322 module loader so that the literals are not placed after the text. */
11323 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section elf_xtensa_special_sections
[] =
11325 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini.literal"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
11326 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init.literal"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
11327 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".literal"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
11328 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".xtensa.info"), 0, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
11329 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
11332 #define ELF_TARGET_ID XTENSA_ELF_DATA
11334 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM xtensa_elf32_le_vec
11335 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-xtensa-le"
11336 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM xtensa_elf32_be_vec
11337 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-xtensa-be"
11338 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_xtensa
11340 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_XTENSA
11341 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_XTENSA_OLD
11344 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE (1 << XCHAL_MMU_MIN_PTE_PAGE_SIZE)
11345 #else /* !XCHAL_HAVE_MMU */
11346 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 1
11347 #endif /* !XCHAL_HAVE_MMU */
11348 #endif /* ELF_ARCH */
11350 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
11351 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
11352 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
11353 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 4
11354 #define elf_backend_want_dynbss 0
11355 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
11357 #define elf_info_to_howto elf_xtensa_info_to_howto_rela
11359 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject elf_xtensa_mkobject
11361 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data elf_xtensa_merge_private_bfd_data
11362 #define bfd_elf32_new_section_hook elf_xtensa_new_section_hook
11363 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_print_private_bfd_data elf_xtensa_print_private_bfd_data
11364 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section elf_xtensa_relax_section
11365 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup elf_xtensa_reloc_type_lookup
11366 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
11367 elf_xtensa_reloc_name_lookup
11368 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags elf_xtensa_set_private_flags
11369 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create elf_xtensa_link_hash_table_create
11371 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol elf_xtensa_adjust_dynamic_symbol
11372 #define elf_backend_check_relocs elf_xtensa_check_relocs
11373 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections elf_xtensa_create_dynamic_sections
11374 #define elf_backend_discard_info elf_xtensa_discard_info
11375 #define elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs elf_xtensa_ignore_discarded_relocs
11376 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing elf_xtensa_final_write_processing
11377 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections elf_xtensa_finish_dynamic_sections
11378 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol elf_xtensa_finish_dynamic_symbol
11379 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook elf_xtensa_gc_mark_hook
11380 #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook elf_xtensa_gc_sweep_hook
11381 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf_xtensa_grok_prstatus
11382 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf_xtensa_grok_psinfo
11383 #define elf_backend_hide_symbol elf_xtensa_hide_symbol
11384 #define elf_backend_object_p elf_xtensa_object_p
11385 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class elf_xtensa_reloc_type_class
11386 #define elf_backend_relocate_section elf_xtensa_relocate_section
11387 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections elf_xtensa_size_dynamic_sections
11388 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections elf_xtensa_always_size_sections
11389 #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym \
11390 ((bfd_boolean (*) (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *)) bfd_true)
11391 #define elf_backend_special_sections elf_xtensa_special_sections
11392 #define elf_backend_action_discarded elf_xtensa_action_discarded
11393 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol elf_xtensa_copy_indirect_symbol
11395 #include "elf32-target.h"